WO2024017218A1 - Data transmission method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024017218A1
WO2024017218A1 PCT/CN2023/107788 CN2023107788W WO2024017218A1 WO 2024017218 A1 WO2024017218 A1 WO 2024017218A1 CN 2023107788 W CN2023107788 W CN 2023107788W WO 2024017218 A1 WO2024017218 A1 WO 2024017218A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tci state
relationship
pusch
resource set
srs resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/107788
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王化磊
Original Assignee
北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 filed Critical 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024017218A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024017218A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a data transmission method and related devices.
  • the terminal in the scenario of data transmission for a single access network device, can obtain the state based on the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state and/or the unified (unified) TCI state. Airspace information or power control parameters of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and data transmission is performed based on the airspace information or power control parameters of PUSCH.
  • TCI transmission configuration indicator
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the above data transmission method is no longer applicable, that is, the terminal cannot obtain the airspace information or power control parameters of PUSCH based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state to perform data transmission.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and related devices, which can obtain corresponding PUSCH transmission information based on TCI state for data transmission in a scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which method includes:
  • TCI status at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status;
  • Data transmission is performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
  • a data transmission method is provided.
  • the terminal device obtains at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status and/or a first relationship, and determines at least one TCI status corresponding to the at least one TCI status and/or first relationship.
  • PUSCH transmission information and perform data transmission based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state.
  • data transmission can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI status, which solves the current problem based on TCI status and/or unified TCI status.
  • Technical issues regarding the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices are provided.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  • the above-mentioned first relationship may be determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship.
  • the first relationship may be determined based on PUSCH transmission information. and detection parameters
  • the corresponding relationship between the sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set and the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined to determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information, and protocol regulations.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be controlled through radio resources issued by the network side.
  • radio resource control, RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined based on various methods to determine the first relationship to support PUSCH transmission for multiple access network devices based on TCI status.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • each SRS included in the third relationship can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status, and/or the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship is determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple-based TCI state-based PUSCH transmission of access network equipment.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the third relationship includes The corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the first TCI The state corresponds, when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling When 0, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to Corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the bits of MAC signaling, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple access network devices based on the TCI state.
  • PUSCH transmission
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • a possible specific implementation method of determining the third relationship by a protocol is provided. Specifically, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status is determined by the protocol content.
  • the third relationship is determined by the protocol content.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the relationship corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship and corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the protocol content, and then used to determine the first relationship to support TCI state-based access network devices for multiple access network devices.
  • PUSCH transmission
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes the transmission timing of PUSCH, Information
  • PUSCH transmission timing information is used for time division transmission
  • PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission
  • PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission
  • the corresponding PUSCH transmission information includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • data transmission in various transmission scenarios can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, which solves the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • Technical issues where the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable are not applicable.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol.
  • the number of time slots in the PUSCH is equal to 2
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship.
  • One TCI state corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the first pass The second TCI state included in the relationship corresponds to the second time slot, and the second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH
  • the mod is a modulo operation.
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the i-th time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, The first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i+1th time slot, and the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. , that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first time slot and the second time slot of the K consecutive time slots in the PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively
  • the first time slot and the second time slot of the K consecutive K time slots correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively
  • Other time slots after the time slot continue to correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot, and the jth time slot and the jth time slot.
  • the j+1 time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information;
  • the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot, the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first and second time slots of K consecutive time slots in PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state
  • the third and fourth time slots of K consecutive time slots correspond to In the second TCI state
  • the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the other time slots after the fourth time slot of K consecutive time slots continue.
  • Each two time slots respectively correspond to the first time slot.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which includes:
  • the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship A relationship is used for the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
  • a data transmission method is provided.
  • the network side device sends at least one transmission configuration indicating the TCI status and/or the first relationship.
  • the at least one transmission configuration indicating the TCI status and/or the first relationship is used for the terminal.
  • the device determines the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state for data transmission.
  • the network side device and the terminal device perform data transmission.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  • the second relationship and/or the third relationship can be sent, and the above-mentioned relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship.
  • the first relationship may specifically be to determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be through an RRC message issued by the network side, Messages such as MAC signaling and DCI information or signaling or information determination.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined based on various methods to determine the first relationship to support PUSCH transmission for multiple access network devices based on TCI status.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling
  • each SRS included in the third relationship Resource set and TCI status The corresponding relationship between states can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship is determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple-based TCI state-based PUSCH transmission of access network equipment.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the third relationship includes The corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple interfaces based on the TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • a possible specific implementation method of determining the third relationship by a protocol is provided. Specifically, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status is determined by the protocol content.
  • the third relationship is determined by the protocol content.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the relationship corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship and corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the protocol content, and then used to determine the first relationship to support TCI state-based access network devices for multiple access network devices.
  • PUSCH transmission
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer The information is used for space division transmission.
  • PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes the transmission timing of PUSCH, Information
  • PUSCH transmission timing information is used for time division transmission
  • PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission
  • PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission
  • the corresponding PUSCH transmission information includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • data transmission in various transmission scenarios can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, which solves the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • Technical issues where the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable are not applicable.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol.
  • the number of time slots in the PUSCH is equal to 2
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship.
  • One TCI state corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second time slot, and the second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI included in the first relationship
  • the status corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH
  • the mod is a modulo operation.
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the i-th time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, The first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i+1th time slot, and the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. , that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first time slot and the second time slot of the K consecutive time slots in PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state and the second time slot respectively.
  • the first time slot of the K consecutive time slots and other time slots after the second time slot continue to correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot, and the jth time slot and the jth time slot.
  • the j+1 time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information;
  • the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot, the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first and second time slots of K consecutive time slots in PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state
  • the third and fourth time slots of K consecutive time slots correspond to the second TCI state.
  • TCI state, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the other time slots after the fourth time slot of K consecutive time slots continue.
  • Each two time slots respectively correspond to the first TCI state. and second TCI status.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states.
  • the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes a module or unit for executing the method described in any one of the first to second aspects.
  • the device includes:
  • a processing unit configured to obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship;
  • the transceiver unit is configured to perform data transmission based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
  • the processing unit is also used to obtain the second relationship and/or the third relationship
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the correspondence between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set.
  • the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH
  • the mod is a modulo operation.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status and /or the first relationship is used by the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
  • the transceiver unit is also used for data transmission with the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is also used to send the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
  • the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission Information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH
  • the mod is a modulo operation.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement any one of the above first to second aspects and the method of any possible implementation.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including: a logic circuit and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive information or send information;
  • the logic circuit is used to receive information or send information through the communication interface, so that the communication device performs any one of the first to second aspects and any of the above.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium being used to store a computer program (also called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run on a computer
  • a computer program also called a code, or an instruction
  • inventions of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: a computer program (which can also be called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first step.
  • a computer program which can also be called a code, or an instruction
  • embodiments of the present application provide a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor.
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the chip performs any of the above first to second aspects. Methods of one aspect and any of the possible embodiments.
  • the chip also includes a communication interface, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes at least one communication device as described in the third aspect, or a communication device as described in the fourth aspect, or a communication device as described in the fifth aspect. , or the chip described in the eighth aspect.
  • the process of sending information and/or receiving information in the above method can be understood as Processor output information
  • the processor may output the information to the transceiver (or communication interface, or transmitting module) for transmission by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before it reaches the transceiver.
  • the transceiver or communication interface, or sending module
  • the transceiver receives the information and inputs it into the processor.
  • the information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
  • the sending information mentioned in the foregoing method can be understood as processor output information.
  • receiving information can be understood as the processor receiving input information.
  • the above processor may be a processor specially used to execute these methods, or may be A processor, such as a general-purpose processor, that performs these methods by executing computer instructions in memory.
  • the above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated on the same chip with the processor, or can be separately provided on different chips.
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • the above-mentioned at least one memory is located outside the device.
  • the above-mentioned at least one memory is located within the device.
  • part of the at least one memory is located within the device, and another part of the memory is located outside the device.
  • processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
  • data can be transmitted based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state in a scenario where multiple terminals perform data transmission, which solves the current problem of multiple terminals based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of MAC signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of another MAC signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application.
  • the appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments.
  • Those skilled in the art can understand explicitly and implicitly that in the various embodiments of the present application, if there are no special instructions and logical conflicts, the terminology and/or descriptions between the various embodiments are consistent, and can By referencing each other, technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments based on their inherent logical relationships.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more
  • plural refers to two or more
  • at least two (items) refers to two or three and three or more
  • "and/or” is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
  • a and/or B can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A exists at the same time. and B, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c” ”, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the method provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, it can be an Internet of things (IoT) system, a narrowband Internet of things (NB-IoT) system, a long term evolution (long term evolution) , LTE) system, it can also be the fifth generation (5th-generation, 5G) communication system, and new communication systems (such as 6G) that will appear in future communication development.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • NB-IoT narrowband Internet of things
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • new communication systems such as 6G
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), and device-to-device (D2D) networks.
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively called vehicle-to-everything (V2X, X can represent anything).
  • the V2X can include: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, Vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I Vehicle to infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle to pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle to network
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least one access network device and at least one terminal device.
  • the access network equipment may be a next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), a next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved nodeB, ng-eNB), or access network equipment in future 6G communications, etc. .
  • the access network device can be any device with wireless transceiver functions, including but not limited to the base stations shown above.
  • the base station may also be a base station in a future communication system such as a sixth generation communication system.
  • the access network device may be an access node, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, etc. in a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system.
  • the access network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • cloud radio access network cloud radio access network
  • the access network device may be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the access network device may also be a small station, a transmission and reception point (TRP) (or may also be called a transmission point), etc.
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • the access network equipment may also be a base station or the like in a public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • base stations can be composed of centralized units (CU) and distributed units (DU). That is, the functions of the base station in the access network are split, some functions of the base station are deployed in a CU, and the remaining functions are deployed in a DU. And multiple DUs share one CU, which can save costs and facilitate network expansion.
  • CU can also be divided into CU-control plane (CP) and CU-user plane (user plan, UP).
  • CP CU-control plane
  • UP user plan
  • the base stations may also be open radio access network (ORAN) architectures, etc. This application does not limit the specific type of base stations.
  • the following uses the access network device as a base station as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.
  • the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, etc.
  • Terminal equipment is a device with wireless transceiver functions that can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water, such as on ships; it can also be deployed in the air, such as on On board an airplane, balloon or satellite, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (AR) terminal device, industrial control (industrial control) ), wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and wireless terminals in transportation safety , wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the terminal equipment may also be a terminal equipment in a future 6G network or a terminal equipment in a future evolved PLMN, etc.
  • the terminal equipment shown in this application may not only include vehicles in the Internet of Vehicles (such as complete vehicles), but may also include vehicle-mounted equipment or vehicle-mounted terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, etc. This application will not apply to the terminal equipment when it is applied to the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the specific form is not limited.
  • the terminal device as a UE as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.
  • the communication system shown in Figure 1 includes three base stations and six UEs, such as base station 1 to base station 3 and UE1 to UE6 in Figure 1 .
  • UE1 is taken as an example to describe the data transmission between UE1 and base station 1 to base station 3.
  • One or more base stations in base station 1 to base station 3 can send configuration information to UE1 or
  • DCI downlink control information
  • UE1 can send uplink signals such as SRS or physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to one or more base stations from base station 1 to base station 3.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows three base stations and six UEs, as well as communication links between various communication devices.
  • the communication system may include multiple base stations (any number of two or more base stations), and other numbers of UEs may also be included within the coverage of each base station, such as more or less UEs. etc. This application does not limit this.
  • Each of the above communication devices can be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific structure of each communication device.
  • the communication system may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • Time-division transmission can be understood as the transmission of signals/channels on different time resources.
  • Frequency division transmission can be understood as signals/channels being transmitted on the same time resources but different frequency domain resources, and/or on part of the same time resources but different frequency domain resources.
  • Spatial division transmission can be understood as signals/channels transmitted on the same time resources and the same frequency domain resources, but the signals/channels belong to different transmission layers, or belong to different redundancy versions (RV) of the same transmission block. ).
  • RV redundancy versions
  • the terminal in the scenario of data transmission for a single access network device, can obtain the airspace information and/or power control parameters of PUSCH based on the TCI state and/or unified TCI state, and Data transmission is performed based on the airspace information and/or power control parameters of PUSCH.
  • the above data transmission method is no longer applicable, that is, the terminal cannot obtain the airspace information and/or functions of PUSCH based on the TCI state and/or unified TCI state. control parameters for data transmission.
  • a new data transmission method is provided , in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, data can be transmitted based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state, which solves the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • the technical issue is that the PUSCH transmission method of the access network equipment is not applicable.
  • TCI status mentioned in this application can be the unified TCI status in version 17 (Release 17, R17), or the unified TCI status of other protocol versions, etc., for which this article does not Make specific restrictions.
  • the unified TCI status function can include the common TCI status of the downlink and the uplink (referred to as the joint mechanism).
  • the joint mechanism can also be used to describe it, such as the first mechanism, etc. , this application does not specifically limit this, and the Joint mechanism will be used to explain it below), and/or different TCI states of the downlink and the uplink (referred to as the Separate mechanism, optionally, other terms can also be used) Description, such as the second mechanism, etc., this application does not impose specific restrictions on this, and will be explained below using the Separate mechanism).
  • the Joint mechanism may mean that one TCI state can be applied to part or all of the downlink channels/signals, and part or all of the uplink channels/signals.
  • the Separate mechanism may mean that the two TCI states are respectively applicable to some or all downlink channels/signals, and some or all uplink channels/signals.
  • one TCI state of network instructions/network configurations/protocol specifications can be applied to part or all of the downlink channels/signals, and part or all of the uplink channels/signals.
  • the Separate mechanism can also be understood as a TCI state of network instructions/network configurations/protocol specifications, which is applicable to some or all downlink channels/signals, or is applicable to some or all uplink channels/signals.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This data transmission method is applied in the field of communication technology.
  • the data transmission method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the network device sends at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship sent by the network device.
  • the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status.
  • PUSCH transmission information may specifically include PUSCH time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources and/or transmission layer information. It may also include information on transmission timing. It may also include PUSCH transmission related parameters, such as modulation and coding methods. coding scheme (MCS), redundancy version (RV), number of layers, time domain resources, frequency domain resources, air domain information, etc.
  • PUSCH transmission information may also be related information used for PUSCH transmission. This article does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the first relationship does not necessarily need to be sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device obtains the first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship, or when the terminal device obtains the first relationship based on the protocol specification, in the above situation, the network device does not need to send the first relationship to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the first relationship please refer to the following steps for details. S202 will not be described here.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application to solve the current problem of TCI-based Technical issues in which the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices is not applicable to the state and/or unified (unified) TCI state.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.). Specifically, it can be the access network in Figure 1 above. Equipment (including but not limited to any equipment in base station 1 to base station 3), used to perform the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application to solve the current problems based on TCI status and/or unified TCI status. Technical issues in which the PUSCH transmission method of multiple access network devices is not applicable.
  • the terminal device determines the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state based on at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship.
  • this step S202 can be used as an optional step.
  • step S202 the terminal device can directly perform data transmission based on the obtained PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state, without limiting the embodiment of the present application to actually executing step S202.
  • step S202 can be an optional step, that is, whether step S202 is executed or not, the terminal device can directly perform the first relationship based on the first relationship. , obtain the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI status for data transmission.
  • step S202 is an optional step.
  • the above exemplary situation should not be used to limit the embodiments of the present application.
  • Step S202 is other possible application situations of the optional step, and the embodiment of this application does not exhaustively list them.
  • the terminal device may determine the above-mentioned first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship.
  • the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set
  • the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
  • the terminal device may determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
  • the network device does not need to send the first relationship to the terminal device.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • the above third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined through RRC messages, and/or MAC signaling, and/or DCI information and other messages or signaling or information issued by the network side, or can be specified by the protocol.
  • the content is determined, and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined based on various methods to determine the first relationship to support PUSCH transmission for multiple access network devices based on TCI status.
  • the network device delivers at least one message or signaling among RRC messages, MAC signaling, and DCI information to the terminal device, or information.
  • the terminal device receives at least one of the RRC message, MAC signaling, and DCI information from the network device, and obtains the above-mentioned first message or signaling or information based on the RRC message and/or MAC signaling and/or DCI information. tertiary relations and/or secondary relations.
  • the following description takes the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling as an example.
  • the network device sends MAC signaling to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the MAC signaling from the network device.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status, and/or the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship is determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the state corresponds.
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to one bit corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set. It can be understood that the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set.
  • first bit and the second bit in the embodiment of this application are two different bits in MAC signaling.
  • the first bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling, or may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state;
  • the second bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling. It may refer to the second bit in the MAC signaling, or it may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI status. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state;
  • the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • first TCI state may also belong to the first TCI state set; the second TCI state may also belong to the second TCI state set.
  • the first TCI status set and the second TCI status set may respectively correspond to different TRPs.
  • the TRP in this application can be associated with airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP can be characterized by airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP It can be characterized by power control parameters.
  • the TRP in this application can be a functional module (for example, implemented using software functions), or it can be implemented through hardware. This application does not limit the implementation method of the TRP.
  • the first SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID, or may be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID. Therefore, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set may specifically be an SRS resource set with a larger ID, or may be a second SRS resource set, and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • each SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include one or more SRS resources, wherein the usage of the SRS resources may be configured or indicated as codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (usage). noncodebook).
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the bits of MAC signaling, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple interfaces based on the TCI state.
  • FIG. 3a is a schematic diagram of MAC signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state is determined using MAC signaling bits, such as the MAC signaling bits used to update the SRS path loss reference signal.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the R bit in the first byte has a value of 0, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. If the R bit in the first byte has a value of 1, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. Set associated with the second TCI state. It can be understood that the identifier of the same path loss reference signal can correspond to the identifiers of different SRS resource sets, but each identifier of the SRS resource set will only have one identifier of the path loss reference signal associated with it.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 1, it indicates that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated Second TCI status.
  • the value of the first R bit in the third byte is 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the third byte has a value of 1, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the second TCI status.
  • the terminal device determines the above third relationship and/or the second relationship through the content specified in the protocol.
  • the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state
  • first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state;
  • the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the first SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may specifically be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID, or may be the first SRS resource set; the second SRS resource set may specifically be an SRS with a larger ID.
  • the resource set may also be a second SRS resource set, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • each SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include one or more SRS resources, wherein the usage of the SRS resources may be configured or indicated as codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (usage). noncodebook).
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the protocol content, and then used to determine the first relationship to support TCI state-based access network devices for multiple access network devices.
  • PUSCH transmission
  • the terminal device can directly obtain the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
  • the first relationship is the corresponding relationship between TCI status and PUSCH transmission information.
  • the above step S202 can be used as an optional step, that is, regardless of whether step S202 is executed, the terminal device can directly obtain the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state based on the first relationship.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined based on the above-mentioned second relationship and/or the third relationship, and it does not need to be determined by the network side issuing messages or signaling or information, but It can be determined through pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined through the content specified in the agreement.
  • the specific agreement content can be divided into the following situations:
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the TCI state corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second time slot
  • the second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship Corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the i-th time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first The first TCI state included in the relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i+1th time slot, and the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, The second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • i mod 2 1; i+1 is less than or equal to the number of time slots in PUSCH, and mod is a modulo operation.
  • first time slot and the second time slot of K consecutive time slots of PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively
  • first time slot and the second time slot of K consecutive time slots correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively.
  • Other time slots after the slot continue to correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j-th slot and the j+1-th slot
  • the j-th slot and the j+ Time slot 1 corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j+2th time slot and the j+2th time slot.
  • the j+3 time slot, the j+2-th time slot and the j+3-th time slot correspond to the second PUSCH transmission.
  • the transmission information that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first and second time slots of K consecutive time slots of PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state
  • the third and fourth time slots of K consecutive time slots correspond to the second TCI state
  • the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the other time slots after the fourth time slot continue for K consecutive time slots.
  • Each two time slots respectively correspond to the first TCI state and Second TCI status.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI state is not applicable. technical problem.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a lower frequency domain
  • the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a higher frequency domain
  • the first The PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a higher frequency domain
  • the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a lower frequency domain.
  • first PUSCH transmission information and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to frequency domain resources in different frequency domains, and this embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) port
  • the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information not corresponding to the first DMRS port.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information that does not correspond to the first DMRS port
  • the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first DMRS port. This is not done in the embodiment of this application. Specific restrictions.
  • the first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state.
  • first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state;
  • the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first time slot among the above K time slots
  • the second PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the above K time slots.
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the second time slot among the K time slots; or the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the second time slot among the K time slots mentioned above, and the second PUSCH transmission information, It can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first time slot among the above K time slots, and this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as PUSCH transmission information corresponding to lower frequency domain resources, and the second PUSCH transmission information can be considered as corresponding to higher frequency domain resources.
  • PUSCH transmission information alternatively, the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a higher frequency domain resource, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a lower frequency domain resource.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first DMRS port, and the second PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information not corresponding to the first DMRS port;
  • the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information not corresponding to the first DMRS port, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first DMRS port, or the first PUSCH transmission information may be It is the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the redundancy version (RV) indicated by the downlink control information.
  • RV redundancy version
  • the second PUSCH transmission information may not be the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the redundancy version (RV) indicated by the downlink control information, or the first PUSCH transmission information. , may be the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first redundancy version (RV), and the second PUSCH transmission information may not be the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first redundancy version (RV).
  • DMRS port is the DMRS port associated with PUSCH
  • RV is the RV associated with PUSCH.
  • the first PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first SRS resource indication field, and the second PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the second SRS resource indication field.
  • the corresponding PUSCH transmission information alternatively, the first PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the second SRS resource indication field, and the second PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first SRS resource indication field.
  • PUSCH transmission information this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the terminal device performs data transmission with the network device based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state. Specifically, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, and accordingly, the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device After determining the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state. Correspondingly, the network device receives the uplink data sent from the terminal device.
  • the information about PUSCH transmission timing can be used for time division transmission; when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes information about PUSCH frequency domain resources. , the PUSCH frequency domain resource information can be used for frequency division transmission; when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, the PUSCH layer information can be used for space division transmission.
  • data transmission in various transmission scenarios such as time division transmission, frequency division transmission, and space division transmission can be performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI status, solving the current problem based on TCI status and/or unified (
  • the technical problem is that the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices in the TCI state of unified) is not applicable.
  • this application also provides a method for determining the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
  • the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined in a protocol specification manner.
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; or, the network device reports to the terminal
  • the device delivers at least one message or signaling or information among RRC messages, MAC signaling, and DCI information.
  • the terminal device receives at least one of the RRC message, MAC signaling, and DCI information from the network device, and obtains the above-mentioned SRS based on the RRC message and/or MAC signaling and/or DCI information. Correspondence between resource sets and TCI status.
  • the following takes the case where the correspondence between the SRS resource set and the TCI status is determined by MAC signaling as an example. illustrate.
  • the network device sends MAC signaling to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the MAC signaling from the network device.
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC signal.
  • the bits of the command are determined.
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to Corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 1 In the case of , the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to one bit corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set. It can be understood that the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set.
  • first bit and the second bit in the embodiment of this application are two different bits in MAC signaling.
  • the first bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling, or may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state;
  • the second bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling. It may refer to the second bit in the MAC signaling, or it may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI status. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state;
  • the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
  • the TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • first TCI state may also belong to the first TCI state set; the second TCI state may also belong to the second TCI state set.
  • the first TCI status set and the second TCI status set may respectively correspond to different TRPs.
  • the TRP in this application can be associated with airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP can be characterized by airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP It can be characterized by power control parameters.
  • the TRP in this application can be a functional module (for example, implemented using software functions), or it can be implemented through hardware. This application does not limit the implementation method of the TRP.
  • the first SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may specifically be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID, or may be the first SRS resource set; the second SRS resource set may specifically be an SRS with a larger ID.
  • the resource set may also be a second SRS resource set, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • each SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include one or more SRS resources, wherein the usage of the SRS resources may be configured or indicated as codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (usage). noncodebook).
  • the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state to support the TCI state-based plane.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the R bit in the first byte has a value of 0, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. If the R bit in the first byte has a value of 1, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. Set associated with the second TCI state. It can be understood that the identifier of the same path loss reference signal can correspond to the identifiers of different SRS resource sets, but each identifier of the SRS resource set will only have one identifier of the path loss reference signal associated with it.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 1, it indicates that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated Second TCI status.
  • the value of the first R bit in the third byte is 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the third byte has a value of 1, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the second TCI status.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 40 may include a transceiver unit 401 and a processing unit 402 .
  • the transceiver unit 401 and the processing unit 402 may be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the transceiver unit 401 can implement a sending function and/or a receiving function, and the transceiver unit 401 can also be described as a communication unit.
  • the transceiver unit 401 may also be a unit that integrates an acquisition unit and a sending unit, where the acquisition unit is used to implement the receiving function and the sending unit is used to implement the sending function.
  • the transceiver unit 401 can be used to receive information sent by other devices, and can also be used to send information to other devices.
  • the communication device 40 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the communication device 40 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 40 may include units for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and each unit in the communication device 40 is respectively intended to implement the above-mentioned method shown in FIG. 2.
  • the processing unit 402 is configured to obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status;
  • the processing unit 402 is further configured to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship;
  • the transceiver unit 401 is configured to perform data transmission based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
  • processing unit 402 is also used to obtain the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
  • the processing unit 402 is further configured to determine the first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set.
  • the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH
  • the mod is a modulo operation.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the method also includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the communication device 40 may correspond to the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the communication device 40 may be a network device or a chip in the network device.
  • the communication device 40 may include units for performing the operations performed by the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and each unit in the communication device 40 is respectively intended to implement the method shown in FIG. 2.
  • Transceiver unit 401 configured to send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status And/or the first relationship is used by the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
  • the transceiver unit 401 is also used for data transmission with the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 401 is also used to send the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
  • the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on PUSCH frequency domain resources, and the PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH
  • the mod is a modulo operation.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • each unit in the device shown in Figure 4 can be separately or entirely combined into one or several additional units, or one (some) of the units can be further split into more functional units. It is composed of multiple small units, which can achieve the same operation without affecting the realization of the technical effects of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the above units are divided based on logical functions. In practical applications, the function of one unit can also be realized by multiple units, or the functions of multiple units can be realized by one unit. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also include other units. In practical applications, these functions may also be implemented with the assistance of other units, and may be implemented by multiple units in cooperation.
  • each unit may also refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 above.
  • data transmission can be performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state.
  • the method can solve the technical problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI status and/or unified (unified) TCI status is not applicable.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 50 shown in FIG. 5 is only an example.
  • the communication device in the embodiment of the present application may also include other components, or components with similar functions to the components in FIG. 5 , or may not include the components in FIG. 5 All parts.
  • the communication device 50 includes a communication interface 501 and at least one processor 502 .
  • the communication device 50 may correspond to any network element or device among terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the communication interface 501 is used to send and receive signals, and at least one processor 502 executes program instructions, so that the communication device 50 implements the corresponding process of the method executed by the corresponding device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 50 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , for example, the communication device 50 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 50 may include components for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 50 is respectively intended to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The details can be as follows:
  • TCI status at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status;
  • Data transmission is performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the communication device 50 may correspond to the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the communication device 50 may be a network device or a chip in the network device.
  • the communication device 50 may include components for performing operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 50 is respectively intended to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. The details can be as follows:
  • the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship A relationship is used for the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
  • the method further includes:
  • the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  • the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
  • Radio resource control RRC messages Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
  • the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by the MAC
  • the signaling bits are determined.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state;
  • the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state
  • the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
  • the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot
  • the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot
  • the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information
  • the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
  • the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot
  • the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot.
  • the j+3th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information
  • data transmission can be performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state.
  • the method can solve the technical problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI status and/or unified (unified) TCI status is not applicable.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip 60 includes a processor 601 and an interface 602 .
  • the number of processors 601 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 602 may be multiple. It should be noted that the corresponding functions of the processor 601 and the interface 602 are It can be realized through hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware. There are no restrictions here.
  • the chip 60 may also include a memory 603, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
  • the processor 601 can be used to call from the memory 603 the implementation program of the communication method provided by one or more embodiments of the application in one or more devices or network elements in the terminal device, network device, and execute the program. Contains instructions.
  • the interface 602 can be used to output execution results of the processor 601. In this application, the interface 602 may be specifically used to output various messages or information from the processor 601.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU).
  • the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application is used to provide storage space, and data such as operating systems and computer programs can be stored in the storage space.
  • Memory includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable Read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM).
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the computer program is run on a processor, the method shown in Figure 2 can be implemented.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a system that includes at least one communication device 40, communication device 50, or chip 60, as described above, for performing the steps performed by the corresponding device in any embodiment of FIG. 2 above.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the above processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a general processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • SoC system on chip
  • SoC system on chip
  • It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microcontroller unit (MCU).
  • SoC system on chip
  • SoC system on chip
  • SoC system on chip
  • SoC system on chip
  • SoC system on chip
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory.
  • the processor reads the information in the memory and combines it with its hardware complete into the steps of the above method.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks, SSD)) etc.
  • magnetic media e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes
  • optical media e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)
  • DVD digital video discs
  • semiconductor media e.g., solid state disks, SSD
  • the units in each of the above device embodiments correspond completely to the electronic equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units perform corresponding steps.
  • the communication unit transmits the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiments, except for sending.
  • other steps besides receiving may be performed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the processing unit processor
  • the electronic device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps or operations are only examples. The embodiments of the present application can also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be Implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application discloses a data transmission method and a related apparatus. The method comprises: acquiring at least one transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state, and/or a first relationship, wherein the first relationship comprises a correspondence between physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission information and the TCI state; on the basis of the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship, determining PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state; and performing data transmission on the basis of the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state. According to the present method, in a scenario in which data transmission is performed for multiple access network devices, corresponding PUSCH transmission information can obtained on the basis of a TCI state, so as to perform data transmission.

Description

一种数据传输方法及相关装置A data transmission method and related devices
本申请要求于2022年7月18日提交中国专利局、申请号为2022108434944、申请名称为“一种数据传输方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on July 18, 2022, with application number 2022108434944 and application title "A data transmission method and related devices", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. middle.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a data transmission method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
在目前的数据传输方法中,针对面向单个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,终端可以基于传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)状态(state)和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态获得物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的空域信息或功控参数,并基于PUSCH的空域信息或功控参数进行数据传输。In the current data transmission method, in the scenario of data transmission for a single access network device, the terminal can obtain the state based on the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state and/or the unified (unified) TCI state. Airspace information or power control parameters of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and data transmission is performed based on the airspace information or power control parameters of PUSCH.
但是,在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,上述数据传输方法不再适用,即终端无法基于TCI state和/或统一的TCI状态获得PUSCH的空域信息或功控参数,以进行数据传输。However, in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, the above data transmission method is no longer applicable, that is, the terminal cannot obtain the airspace information or power control parameters of PUSCH based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state to perform data transmission.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法及相关装置,可以在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,基于TCI state获得对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输。Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and related devices, which can obtain corresponding PUSCH transmission information based on TCI state for data transmission in a scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which method includes:
获取至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;Obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status;
基于所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系,确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship, determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
基于所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输。Data transmission is performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
本申请实施例中,提供了一种数据传输方法,终端设备获取至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态和/或第一关系,基于该至少一个TCI状态和/或第一关系,确定至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,并基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息进行数据传输。通过本申请实施例,可以在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,基于各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a data transmission method is provided. The terminal device obtains at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status and/or a first relationship, and determines at least one TCI status corresponding to the at least one TCI status and/or first relationship. PUSCH transmission information, and perform data transmission based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state. Through the embodiments of this application, in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, data transmission can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI status, which solves the current problem based on TCI status and/or unified TCI status. Technical issues regarding the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
获取第二关系和/或第三关系;Obtain second relations and/or third relations;
基于所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系,确定所述第一关系;其中,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。The first relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种确定第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以基于第二关系和/或第三关系来确定上述第一关系,具体可以是基于PUSCH传输信息与探测参 考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)资源集的对应关系,以及SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,确定PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In this embodiment of the present application, a possible implementation manner for determining the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the above-mentioned first relationship may be determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship. Specifically, the first relationship may be determined based on PUSCH transmission information. and detection parameters The corresponding relationship between the sounding reference signal (SRS) resource set and the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined to determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项确定:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息,协议规定。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information, and protocol regulations.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种确定第三关系和/或第二关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第三关系和/或第二关系可以通过网络侧下发的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)信令、下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)等消息或信令或信息确定,也可以通过协议规定的内容确定。通过本申请实施例,可以基于各个方式确定第三关系和/或第二关系,用于确定得到第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner for determining the third relationship and/or the second relationship is provided. Specifically, the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be controlled through radio resources issued by the network side. (radio resource control, RRC) messages, media access control (MAC) signaling, downlink control information (DCI) and other messages or signaling or information can also be determined by the content specified in the protocol . Through the embodiments of the present application, the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined based on various methods to determine the first relationship to support PUSCH transmission for multiple access network devices based on TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种由MAC信令确定第三关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,在第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,可以由MAC信令的比特位确定。比如,在基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输场景下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由MAC信令的比特位确定。通过本申请实施例,可以基于MAC信令的比特位,确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of determining the third relationship by MAC signaling is provided. Specifically, when the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, each SRS included in the third relationship The corresponding relationship between the resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling. For example, in a PUSCH transmission scenario based on TCI status for multiple access network devices, the correspondence between the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status, and/or the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship The corresponding relationship with the TCI status is determined by the bits of MAC signaling. Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple-based TCI state-based PUSCH transmission of access network equipment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种由MAC信令的比特位确定第三关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,在第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,可以由MAC信令的比特位确定。比如,在基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输场景下,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应;和/或,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应。通过本申请 实施例,可以基于MAC信令的比特位确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of determining the third relationship by bits of MAC signaling is provided. Specifically, in the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the third relationship includes The corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling. For example, in a PUSCH transmission scenario based on TCI status for multiple access network devices, when the value of the first bit of MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the first TCI The state corresponds, when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling When 0, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state. When the value of the second bit of MAC signaling is 1, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to Corresponds to the second TCI state. through this application In embodiments, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the bits of MAC signaling, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple access network devices based on the TCI state. PUSCH transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种由协议确定第三关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系由协议内容确定,第三关系中包括的第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,第三关系中包括的第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,和/或,第三关系中包括的第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,第三关系中包括的第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应。通过本申请实施例,可以基于协议内容确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of determining the third relationship by a protocol is provided. Specifically, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status is determined by the protocol content. The third relationship is determined by the protocol content. The first SRS resource set included in the relationship corresponds to the first TCI state, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state, and/or the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to The second TCI state corresponds to the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship and corresponds to the first TCI state. Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the protocol content, and then used to determine the first relationship to support TCI state-based access network devices for multiple access network devices. PUSCH transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在本申请实施例中,提供了几种基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息进行数据传输的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。通过本申请实施例,可以基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行各种传输场景下的数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiments of this application, several possible specific implementations of data transmission based on PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state are provided. Specifically, when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes the transmission timing of PUSCH, Information, PUSCH transmission timing information is used for time division transmission; when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes PUSCH frequency domain resource information, PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission; when at least one TCI state The corresponding PUSCH transmission information includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission. Through the embodiments of this application, data transmission in various transmission scenarios can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, which solves the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues where the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。并且,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定。在PUSCH中的时隙数量等于2的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关 系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙,第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation of the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. Moreover, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol. In the case where the number of time slots in the PUSCH is equal to 2, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first time slot, and the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship. One TCI state corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the first pass The second TCI state included in the relationship corresponds to the second time slot, and the second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod2=1, and the i +1 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。并且,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定。在PUSCH中的时隙数量大于2且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙,第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。换言之,PUSCH中的连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙之后的其他时隙继续分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation of the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. Moreover, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol. When the number of time slots in PUSCH is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the i-th time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, The first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i+1th time slot, and the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. , that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. In other words, the first time slot and the second time slot of the K consecutive time slots in the PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively, and the first time slot and the second time slot of the K consecutive K time slots correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively. Other time slots after the time slot continue to correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。并且,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定。在PUSCH中的时隙数量大于2且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,第j时隙和第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙,第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。换言之,PUSCH中的连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙对应于第一TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第三个时隙和第四个时隙对应于 第二TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第一个时隙、第二个时隙、第三个时隙和第四个时隙之后的其他时隙继续每两个时隙分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation of the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. Moreover, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol. When the number of time slots in the PUSCH is greater than 2 and the PUSCH is configured for continuous mapping, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot, and the jth time slot and the jth time slot The j+1 time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot, the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. In other words, the first and second time slots of K consecutive time slots in PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state, and the third and fourth time slots of K consecutive time slots correspond to In the second TCI state, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the other time slots after the fourth time slot of K consecutive time slots continue. Each two time slots respectively correspond to the first time slot. TCI status and second TCI status. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which includes:
发送至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系用于终端设备确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or the first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship A relationship is used for the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
与所述终端设备进行数据传输。Perform data transmission with the terminal device.
本申请实施例中,提供了一种数据传输方法,网络侧设备发送至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态和/或第一关系,该至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态和/或第一关系用于,终端设备确定至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,相应的,网络侧设备与终端设备进行数据传输。通过本申请实施例,可以在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,基于各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a data transmission method is provided. The network side device sends at least one transmission configuration indicating the TCI status and/or the first relationship. The at least one transmission configuration indicating the TCI status and/or the first relationship is used for the terminal. The device determines the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state for data transmission. Correspondingly, the network side device and the terminal device perform data transmission. Through the embodiments of this application, in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, data transmission can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI status, which solves the current problem based on TCI status and/or unified TCI status. Technical issues regarding the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
发送第二关系和/或第三关系;Send secondary relationships and/or tertiary relationships;
其中,所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系用于确定所述第一关系,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。Wherein, the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种确定第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以发送第二关系和/或第三关系,基于第二关系和/或第三关系来确定上述第一关系,具体可以是基于PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,以及SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,确定PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of determining the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the second relationship and/or the third relationship can be sent, and the above-mentioned relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship. The first relationship may specifically be to determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项发送:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种确定第三关系和/或第二关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第三关系和/或第二关系可以通过网络侧下发的RRC消息、MAC信令、DCI信息等消息或信令或信息确定。通过本申请实施例,可以基于各个方式确定第三关系和/或第二关系,用于确定得到第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner for determining the third relationship and/or the second relationship is provided. Specifically, the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be through an RRC message issued by the network side, Messages such as MAC signaling and DCI information or signaling or information determination. Through the embodiments of the present application, the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined based on various methods to determine the first relationship to support PUSCH transmission for multiple access network devices based on TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系通过MAC信令发送的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is sent through MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种由MAC信令确定第三关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,在第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状 态的对应关系,可以由MAC信令的比特位确定。比如,在基于TCI状态的面向多个终端的PUSCH传输场景下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由MAC信令的比特位确定。通过本申请实施例,可以基于MAC信令的比特位,确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of determining the third relationship by MAC signaling is provided. Specifically, when the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, each SRS included in the third relationship Resource set and TCI status The corresponding relationship between states can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling. For example, in a PUSCH transmission scenario for multiple terminals based on TCI state, the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state. The corresponding relationship is determined by the bits of MAC signaling. Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple-based TCI state-based PUSCH transmission of access network equipment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种由MAC信令的比特位确定第三关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,在第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,可以由MAC信令的比特位确定。比如,在基于TCI状态的面向多个终端的PUSCH传输场景下,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应;和/或,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应。通过本申请实施例,可以基于MAC信令的比特位确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of determining the third relationship by bits of MAC signaling is provided. Specifically, in the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the third relationship includes The corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling. For example, in a PUSCH transmission scenario for multiple terminals based on TCI state, when the value of the first bit of MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state, When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0 In this case, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state. When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state. Status correspondence. Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple interfaces based on the TCI state. PUSCH transmission of network access equipment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种由协议确定第三关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系由协议内容确定,第三关系中包括的第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,第三关系中包括的第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,和/或,第三关系中包括的第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,第三关系中包括的第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应。通过本申请实施例,可以基于协议内容确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of determining the third relationship by a protocol is provided. Specifically, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status is determined by the protocol content. The third relationship is determined by the protocol content. The first SRS resource set included in the relationship corresponds to the first TCI state, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state, and/or the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to The second TCI state corresponds to the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship and corresponds to the first TCI state. Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the protocol content, and then used to determine the first relationship to support TCI state-based access network devices for multiple access network devices. PUSCH transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层 的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer The information is used for space division transmission.
在本申请实施例中,提供了几种基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息进行数据传输的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。通过本申请实施例,可以基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行各种传输场景下的数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiments of this application, several possible specific implementations of data transmission based on PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state are provided. Specifically, when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes the transmission timing of PUSCH, Information, PUSCH transmission timing information is used for time division transmission; when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes PUSCH frequency domain resource information, PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission; when at least one TCI state The corresponding PUSCH transmission information includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission. Through the embodiments of this application, data transmission in various transmission scenarios can be carried out based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, which solves the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues where the PUSCH transmission method is not applicable.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。并且,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定。在PUSCH中的时隙数量等于2的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙,第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation of the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. Moreover, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol. In the case where the number of time slots in the PUSCH is equal to 2, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first time slot, and the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship. One TCI state corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second time slot, and the second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI included in the first relationship The status corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod2=1, and the i +1 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。并且,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定。在PUSCH中的时隙数量大于2且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙,第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。换言之,PUSCH中的连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二 TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙之后的其他时隙继续分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation of the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. Moreover, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol. When the number of time slots in PUSCH is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the i-th time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, The first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i+1th time slot, and the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. , that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. In other words, the first time slot and the second time slot of the K consecutive time slots in PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state and the second time slot respectively. In the TCI state, the first time slot of the K consecutive time slots and other time slots after the second time slot continue to correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在本申请实施例中,提供了一种第一关系的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。并且,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定。在PUSCH中的时隙数量大于2且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,第j时隙和第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙,第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。换言之,PUSCH中的连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙对应于第一TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第三个时隙和第四个时隙对应于第二TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第一个时隙、第二个时隙、第三个时隙和第四个时隙之后的其他时隙继续每两个时隙分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation of the first relationship is provided. Specifically, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state can be obtained directly based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state. Moreover, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined by messages or signaling or information issued by the network side. It can be determined by pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined by the content specified in the protocol. When the number of time slots in the PUSCH is greater than 2 and the PUSCH is configured for continuous mapping, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot, and the jth time slot and the jth time slot The j+1 time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot, the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. In other words, the first and second time slots of K consecutive time slots in PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state, and the third and fourth time slots of K consecutive time slots correspond to the second TCI state. TCI state, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the other time slots after the fourth time slot of K consecutive time slots continue. Each two time slots respectively correspond to the first TCI state. and second TCI status. The first relationship determined through the embodiments of this application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI states and/or unified TCI states. The PUSCH transmission method is not applicable to technical issues.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行如第一方面至第二方面任一方面中任一项所述方法的模块或单元。In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes a module or unit for executing the method described in any one of the first to second aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:In one possible design, the device includes:
处理单元,用于获取至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;A processing unit configured to obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status;
所述处理单元,还用于基于所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系,确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;The processing unit is further configured to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship;
收发单元,用于基于所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输。The transceiver unit is configured to perform data transmission based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理单元,还用于获取第二关系和/或第三关系;In a possible implementation, the processing unit is also used to obtain the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
所述处理单元,还用于基于所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系,确定所述第一关系;其中,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。The processing unit is further configured to determine the first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the correspondence between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set. The third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项确定:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI,协议规定。 Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod2=1, and the i +1 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或 等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, and the j+3 is less than or is equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
关于第三方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对应于第一方面以及相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the third aspect and any possible implementation, reference may be made to the introduction corresponding to the technical effects of the first aspect and the corresponding implementation.
在另一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:In another possible design, the device includes:
收发单元,用于发送至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系用于终端设备确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;A transceiver unit configured to send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status and /or the first relationship is used by the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
所述收发单元,还用于与所述终端设备进行数据传输。The transceiver unit is also used for data transmission with the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于发送第二关系和/或第三关系;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is also used to send the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
其中,所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系用于确定所述第一关系,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。Wherein, the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项发送:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系通过MAC信令发送的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is sent through MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输 信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission Information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod2=1, and the i +1 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
关于第三方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对应于第二方面以及相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the third aspect and any possible implementation, reference may be made to the introduction corresponding to the technical effects of the second aspect and the corresponding implementation.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement any one of the above first to second aspects and the method of any possible implementation. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括:逻辑电路和通信接口。所述通信接口,用于接收信息或者发送信息;所述逻辑电路,用于通过所述通信接口接收信息或者发送信息,使得所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including: a logic circuit and a communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive information or send information; the logic circuit is used to receive information or send information through the communication interface, so that the communication device performs any one of the first to second aspects and any of the above. One possible implementation method.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令);当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法被实现。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium being used to store a computer program (also called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run on a computer When, the method of any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects and any possible implementation is realized.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令);当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。In a seventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes: a computer program (which can also be called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first step. The method of any aspect from one aspect to the second aspect and any possible implementation.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行指令,当该处理器执行所述指令时,使得该芯片执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。可选的,该芯片还包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收信号或发送信号。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a chip. The chip includes a processor. The processor is configured to execute instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the chip performs any of the above first to second aspects. Methods of one aspect and any of the possible embodiments. Optionally, the chip also includes a communication interface, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括至少一个如第三方面所述的通信装置,或第四方面所述的通信装置,或第五方面所述的通信装置,或第八方面所述的芯片。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes at least one communication device as described in the third aspect, or a communication device as described in the fourth aspect, or a communication device as described in the fifth aspect. , or the chip described in the eighth aspect.
此外,在执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所述的方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送信息和/或接收信息等的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出信息 的过程,和/或,处理器接收输入的信息的过程。在输出信息时,处理器可以将信息输出给收发器(或者通信接口、或发送模块),以便由收发器进行发射。信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的信息时,收发器(或者通信接口、或发送模块)接收信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该信息之后,该信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In addition, in the process of executing the method described in any one of the above first to second aspects and any possible implementation manner, the process of sending information and/or receiving information in the above method can be understood as Processor output information The process, and/or the process by which the processor receives input information. When outputting information, the processor may output the information to the transceiver (or communication interface, or transmitting module) for transmission by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives input information, the transceiver (or communication interface, or sending module) receives the information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the information, the information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
基于上述原理,举例来说,前述方法中提及的发送信息可以理解为处理器输出信息。又例如,接收信息可以理解为处理器接收输入的信息。Based on the above principles, for example, the sending information mentioned in the foregoing method can be understood as processor output information. For another example, receiving information can be understood as the processor receiving input information.
可选的,对于处理器所涉及的发射、发送和接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作。Optional, if there is no special explanation for the transmitting, sending and receiving operations involved in the processor, or if it does not conflict with its actual role or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood more generally as Processor output and receive, input and other operations.
可选的,在执行上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所述的方法的过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是通过执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。Optionally, in the process of executing the method described in any one of the above first to second aspects and any possible implementation manner, the above processor may be a processor specially used to execute these methods, or may be A processor, such as a general-purpose processor, that performs these methods by executing computer instructions in memory. The above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated on the same chip with the processor, or can be separately provided on different chips. This application The embodiment does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述至少一个存储器位于装置之外。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned at least one memory is located outside the device.
在又一种可能的实施方式中,上述至少一个存储器位于装置之内。In another possible implementation, the above-mentioned at least one memory is located within the device.
在又一种可能的实施方式之中,上述至少一个存储器的部分存储器位于装置之内,另一部分存储器位于装置之外。In yet another possible implementation, part of the at least one memory is located within the device, and another part of the memory is located outside the device.
本申请中,处理器和存储器还可能集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。In this application, the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
本申请实施例中,可以在多个终端进行数据传输的场景下,基于各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the embodiment of the present application, data can be transmitted based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state in a scenario where multiple terminals perform data transmission, which solves the current problem of multiple terminals based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues related to the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method of network access equipment.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面所描述的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the drawings required to be used in the embodiments of the present application will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application. Those of ordinary skill in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without exerting creative efforts.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种MAC信令的示意图;Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of MAC signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的另一种MAC信令的示意图;Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of another MAC signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图对 本申请实施例进行描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the following will be combined with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application are described.
本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备等,没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元等,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备等固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the description, claims and drawings of this application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than describing a specific sequence. Furthermore, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or equipment that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optional It also includes other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
在本文中提及的“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员可以显式地和隐式地理解的是,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,各个实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。Reference herein to "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Those skilled in the art can understand explicitly and implicitly that in the various embodiments of the present application, if there are no special instructions and logical conflicts, the terminology and/or descriptions between the various embodiments are consistent, and can By referencing each other, technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments based on their inherent logical relationships.
应当理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that in this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, "plurality" refers to two or more, and "at least two (items)" refers to two or three and three or more, "and/or" is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A exists at the same time. and B, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c" ”, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
本申请提供的方法可以应用于各类通信系统,例如,可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things,NB-IoT)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,也可以是第五代(5th-generation,5G)通信系统,以及未来通信发展中出现的新的通信系统(如6G)等。The method provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, it can be an Internet of things (IoT) system, a narrowband Internet of things (NB-IoT) system, a long term evolution (long term evolution) , LTE) system, it can also be the fifth generation (5th-generation, 5G) communication system, and new communication systems (such as 6G) that will appear in future communication development.
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(device-todevice,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车与任何事物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X,X可以代表任何事物),例如,该V2X可以包括:车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等。示例性的,下文示出的图1中,终端设备与终端设备之间便可以通过D2D技术、M2M技术或V2X技术通信等。The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), and device-to-device (D2D) networks. , machine to machine (M2M) network, Internet of things (IoT) network or other networks. Among them, the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively called vehicle-to-everything (V2X, X can represent anything). For example, the V2X can include: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, Vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc. For example, in Figure 1 shown below, communication between terminal devices can be through D2D technology, M2M technology or V2X technology.
请参阅图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图。Please refer to Figure 1. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括至少一个接入网设备以及至少一个终端设备。As shown in Figure 1, the communication system may include at least one access network device and at least one terminal device.
对于接入网设备和终端设备的介绍分别如下所示:The introduction to access network equipment and terminal equipment is as follows:
示例性的,接入网设备可以是下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)、下一代演进型基站(next generation evolved nodeB,ng-eNB)、或者未来6G通信中的接入网设备等。接入网设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,包括但不限于以上所示的基站。该基站还可以是未来通信系统如第六代通信系统中的基站。可选的,该接入网设备可以为无线局域网(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点等。可选的,该接入网设备可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。 可选的,该接入网设备可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备等。可选的,该接入网设备还可以是小站,传输接收节点(transmission and reception point,TRP)(或也可以称为传输点)等。可理解,该接入网设备还可以是未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的基站等等。For example, the access network equipment may be a next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), a next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved nodeB, ng-eNB), or access network equipment in future 6G communications, etc. . The access network device can be any device with wireless transceiver functions, including but not limited to the base stations shown above. The base station may also be a base station in a future communication system such as a sixth generation communication system. Optionally, the access network device may be an access node, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, etc. in a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system. Optionally, the access network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. Optionally, the access network device may be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device. Optionally, the access network device may also be a small station, a transmission and reception point (TRP) (or may also be called a transmission point), etc. It can be understood that the access network equipment may also be a base station or the like in a public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
在一些部署中,基站(如gNB)可以由集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)构成。即对接入网中的基站的功能进行拆分,将基站的部分功能部署在一个CU,将剩余功能部署在DU。且多个DU共用一个CU,可以节省成本,以及易于网络扩展。在基站的另一些部署中,CU还可以划分为CU-控制面(control plane,CP)和CU-用户面(user plan,UP)等。在基站的又一些部署中,基站还可以是开放的无线接入网(open radio access network,ORAN)架构等等,本申请对于基站的具体类型不作限定。In some deployments, base stations (such as gNB) can be composed of centralized units (CU) and distributed units (DU). That is, the functions of the base station in the access network are split, some functions of the base station are deployed in a CU, and the remaining functions are deployed in a DU. And multiple DUs share one CU, which can save costs and facilitate network expansion. In other deployments of base stations, CU can also be divided into CU-control plane (CP) and CU-user plane (user plan, UP). In some deployments of base stations, the base stations may also be open radio access network (ORAN) architectures, etc. This application does not limit the specific type of base stations.
为便于描述,下文中将以接入网设备为基站为例,介绍本申请所涉及的方法。For ease of description, the following uses the access network device as a base station as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.
示例性的,该终端设备也可称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端等。终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上,如轮船上等;还可以部署在空中,例如部署在飞机、气球或卫星上等。终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。可理解,该终端设备还可以是未来6G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备等。For example, the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, etc. Terminal equipment is a device with wireless transceiver functions that can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water, such as on ships; it can also be deployed in the air, such as on On board an airplane, balloon or satellite, etc. The terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (AR) terminal device, industrial control (industrial control) ), wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and wireless terminals in transportation safety , wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. It is understandable that the terminal equipment may also be a terminal equipment in a future 6G network or a terminal equipment in a future evolved PLMN, etc.
可理解,本申请示出的终端设备不仅可以包括车联网中的车(如整车)、而且还可以包括车联网中的车载设备或车载终端等,本申请对于该终端设备应用于车联网时的具体形态不作限定。It can be understood that the terminal equipment shown in this application may not only include vehicles in the Internet of Vehicles (such as complete vehicles), but may also include vehicle-mounted equipment or vehicle-mounted terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, etc. This application will not apply to the terminal equipment when it is applied to the Internet of Vehicles. The specific form is not limited.
为便于描述,下文中将以终端设备为UE为例,介绍本申请所涉及的方法。For the convenience of description, the following takes the terminal device as a UE as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.
图1所示的通信系统中,包括三个基站和六个UE,如图1中的基站1至基站3,UE1至UE6。在该通信系统中,示例性的,以UE1为例,对UE1与基站1至基站3之间的数据传输进行说明,基站1至基站3中的一个或多个基站可以向UE1发送配置信息或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)等下行信号,UE1可以向基站1至基站3中的一个或多个基站发送SRS或物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)等上行信号。可理解,对于UE2至UE6中的任意一个UE,与基站1至基站3中的一个或多个基站之间的通信方式,可以参考上文的描述,这里不再详述。The communication system shown in Figure 1 includes three base stations and six UEs, such as base station 1 to base station 3 and UE1 to UE6 in Figure 1 . In this communication system, UE1 is taken as an example to describe the data transmission between UE1 and base station 1 to base station 3. One or more base stations in base station 1 to base station 3 can send configuration information to UE1 or For downlink signals such as downlink control information (DCI), UE1 can send uplink signals such as SRS or physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to one or more base stations from base station 1 to base station 3. It can be understood that for the communication method between any one of UE2 to UE6 and one or more base stations from base station 1 to base station 3, reference can be made to the above description, which will not be described in detail here.
应理解,图1示例性地示出了三个基站和六个UE,以及各通信设备之间的通信链路。可选地,该通信系统可以包括多个基站(两个或两个以上的任意数量的基站),并且每个基站的覆盖范围内也可以包括其它数量的UE,例如更多或更少的UE等,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that FIG. 1 exemplarily shows three base stations and six UEs, as well as communication links between various communication devices. Optionally, the communication system may include multiple base stations (any number of two or more base stations), and other numbers of UEs may also be included within the coverage of each base station, such as more or less UEs. etc. This application does not limit this.
上述各个通信设备,如图1中的基站1至基站3、UE1至UE6,可以配置多个天线。该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线等,本申请实施例对于各个通信设备的具体结构不作限定。可选地,该通信系统还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。Each of the above communication devices, such as base station 1 to base station 3 and UE1 to UE6 in Figure 1, can be configured with multiple antennas. The multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific structure of each communication device. Optionally, the communication system may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
可理解,本申请提供的方法不仅可以应用于如图1所示的通信系统,还可以应用于其他图示出的通信系统,本申请实施例对此不作限制。 It can be understood that the method provided by the present application can be applied not only to the communication system shown in Figure 1, but also to other communication systems shown in the figures, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在详细介绍本申请的方法之前,首先对本申请涉及的一些概念作简单介绍。Before introducing the method of this application in detail, some concepts involved in this application will be briefly introduced.
时分传输,可以理解为信号/信道在不同的时间资源上传输。Time-division transmission can be understood as the transmission of signals/channels on different time resources.
频分传输,可以理解为信号/信道在相同的时间资源但不同的频域资源上传输,和/或部分相同的时间资源但不同的频域资源上传输。Frequency division transmission can be understood as signals/channels being transmitted on the same time resources but different frequency domain resources, and/or on part of the same time resources but different frequency domain resources.
空分传输,可以理解为信号/信道在相同的时间资源和相同的频域资源上传输,但信号/信道属于不同的传输层,或属于同一个传输块的不同冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)。Spatial division transmission can be understood as signals/channels transmitted on the same time resources and the same frequency domain resources, but the signals/channels belong to different transmission layers, or belong to different redundancy versions (RV) of the same transmission block. ).
在目前的数据传输方法中,针对面向单个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,终端可以基于TCI state和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态获得PUSCH的空域信息和/或功控参数,并基于PUSCH的空域信息和/或功控参数进行数据传输。但是,在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,上述数据传输方法不再适用,即终端无法基于TCI state和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态获得PUSCH的空域信息和/或功控参数,以进行数据传输。In the current data transmission method, in the scenario of data transmission for a single access network device, the terminal can obtain the airspace information and/or power control parameters of PUSCH based on the TCI state and/or unified TCI state, and Data transmission is performed based on the airspace information and/or power control parameters of PUSCH. However, in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, the above data transmission method is no longer applicable, that is, the terminal cannot obtain the airspace information and/or functions of PUSCH based on the TCI state and/or unified TCI state. control parameters for data transmission.
针对上述目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题,本申请实施例中,给出了一种新的数据传输方法,可以在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,基于各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In view of the above technical problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI status and/or unified (unified) TCI status is not applicable, in the embodiment of this application, a new data transmission method is provided , in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, data can be transmitted based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state, which solves the current problem of multiple access network devices based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. The technical issue is that the PUSCH transmission method of the access network equipment is not applicable.
需要说明的是,本申请提及的TCI状态可以是版本17(Release 17,R17)中的统一的(unified)TCI状态,也可以是其它协议版本的统一的TCI状态等,对此,本文不做具体限制。It should be noted that the TCI status mentioned in this application can be the unified TCI status in version 17 (Release 17, R17), or the unified TCI status of other protocol versions, etc., for which this article does not Make specific restrictions.
在一些可能的实现中,统一的TCI状态功能可以包括下行链路和上行链路的共同TCI状态(简称联合的(Joint)机制,可选的,也可以采用其他术语描述,如第一机制等,本申请对此不作具体限制,下面以Joint机制进行说明),和/或,下行链路和上行链路的不同TCI状态(简称分离的(Separate)机制,可选的,也可以采用其他术语描述,如第二机制等,本申请对此不作具体限制,下面以Separate机制进行说明)。In some possible implementations, the unified TCI status function can include the common TCI status of the downlink and the uplink (referred to as the joint mechanism). Optionally, other terms can also be used to describe it, such as the first mechanism, etc. , this application does not specifically limit this, and the Joint mechanism will be used to explain it below), and/or different TCI states of the downlink and the uplink (referred to as the Separate mechanism, optionally, other terms can also be used) Description, such as the second mechanism, etc., this application does not impose specific restrictions on this, and will be explained below using the Separate mechanism).
其中,Joint机制可以是指一个TCI状态可适用于部分或全部的下行信道/信号,以及部分或全部上行信道/信号。Separate机制可以是指两个TCI状态分别适用于部分或全部下行信道/信号,以及部分或全部上行信道/信号。对于Joint机制,也可以理解为,网络指示/网络配置/协议规范的一个TCI状态可适用于部分或全部的下行信道/信号,以及部分或全部上行信道/信号。对于Separate机制,也可以理解为,网络指示/网络配置/协议规范的一个TCI状态,适用于部分或全部下行信道/信号,或者,适用于部分或全部上行信道/信号。Among them, the Joint mechanism may mean that one TCI state can be applied to part or all of the downlink channels/signals, and part or all of the uplink channels/signals. The Separate mechanism may mean that the two TCI states are respectively applicable to some or all downlink channels/signals, and some or all uplink channels/signals. For the Joint mechanism, it can also be understood that one TCI state of network instructions/network configurations/protocol specifications can be applied to part or all of the downlink channels/signals, and part or all of the uplink channels/signals. The Separate mechanism can also be understood as a TCI state of network instructions/network configurations/protocol specifications, which is applicable to some or all downlink channels/signals, or is applicable to some or all uplink channels/signals.
请参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的流程示意图。该数据传输方法应用于通信技术领域,该数据传输方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to Figure 2, which is a schematic flow chart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This data transmission method is applied in the field of communication technology. The data transmission method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S201:网络设备向终端设备发送至少一个TCI状态和/或第一关系,相应的,终端设备接收网络设备发送的至少一个TCI状态和/或第一关系。S201: The network device sends at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship sent by the network device.
其中,第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系。PUSCH传输信息,具体可以包括PUSCH的时域资源和/或频域资源和/或传输层的信息,也可以包括传输时机的信息,也可以包括PUSCH传输相关的参数,如:调制编码方式(modulation coding scheme,MCS)、冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)、层数、时域资源、频域资源、空域信息等。PUSCH传输信息,也可以是用于PUSCH传输的相关信息,对此,本文不做具体限制。The first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status. PUSCH transmission information may specifically include PUSCH time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources and/or transmission layer information. It may also include information on transmission timing. It may also include PUSCH transmission related parameters, such as modulation and coding methods. coding scheme (MCS), redundancy version (RV), number of layers, time domain resources, frequency domain resources, air domain information, etc. PUSCH transmission information may also be related information used for PUSCH transmission. This article does not impose specific restrictions on this.
可选的,第一关系并不是一定需要网络设备发送的。当终端设备基于第二关系和/或第三关系得到第一关系,或者,当终端设备基于协议规范得到第一关系,上述情况下,网络设备无需向终端设备发送第一关系。至于终端设备是如何确定第一关系的,具体可参阅下述步骤 S202,此处不展开描述。Optionally, the first relationship does not necessarily need to be sent by the network device. When the terminal device obtains the first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship, or when the terminal device obtains the first relationship based on the protocol specification, in the above situation, the network device does not need to send the first relationship to the terminal device. As for how the terminal device determines the first relationship, please refer to the following steps for details. S202 will not be described here.
可理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是手持终端(如手机、平板电脑等),也可以是车载终端(如无人驾驶中的无线终端等),具体可以是上述图1中的终端设备(包括但不限于如UE1至UE6中的任一设备),用于执行本申请实施例中的数据传输方法,以解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。It can be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application to solve the current problem of TCI-based Technical issues in which the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices is not applicable to the state and/or unified (unified) TCI state.
本申请实施例中的网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是接入网设备(如基站、传输点TRP等),具体可以是上述图1中的接入网设备(包括但不限于如基站1至基站3中的任一设备),用于执行本申请实施例中的数据传输方法,以解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.). Specifically, it can be the access network in Figure 1 above. Equipment (including but not limited to any equipment in base station 1 to base station 3), used to perform the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application to solve the current problems based on TCI status and/or unified TCI status. Technical issues in which the PUSCH transmission method of multiple access network devices is not applicable.
S202:终端设备基于至少一个TCI状态和/或第一关系,确定至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。S202: The terminal device determines the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state based on at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship.
可选的,本步骤S202可以作为一个可选的步骤。Optionally, this step S202 can be used as an optional step.
可以理解为,无论是否执行本步骤S202,终端设备都可以直接基于获得的各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,而无需限定本申请实施例必须实际执行了步骤S202。It can be understood that, regardless of whether step S202 is executed, the terminal device can directly perform data transmission based on the obtained PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state, without limiting the embodiment of the present application to actually executing step S202.
示例性的,当第一关系包括TCI状态和PUSCH传输信息的对应关系,在该情况下,步骤S202可以作为一个可选的步骤,即无论是否执行步骤S202,终端设备都可以直接基于第一关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输。For example, when the first relationship includes the corresponding relationship between TCI status and PUSCH transmission information, in this case, step S202 can be an optional step, that is, whether step S202 is executed or not, the terminal device can directly perform the first relationship based on the first relationship. , obtain the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI status for data transmission.
可以理解的是,上述示例性的情况,仅作为步骤S202为可选步骤的一种可能的适用情况来描述,不应以上述示例性的情况对本申请实施例进行限制,可选的,还存在步骤S202为可选步骤的其他可能的适用情况,本申请实施例对此不做穷举。It can be understood that the above exemplary situation is only described as a possible applicable situation in which step S202 is an optional step. The above exemplary situation should not be used to limit the embodiments of the present application. Optional, there are Step S202 is other possible application situations of the optional step, and the embodiment of this application does not exhaustively list them.
在一种可能的实施例中,终端设备可以基于第二关系和/或第三关系来确定上述第一关系。In a possible embodiment, the terminal device may determine the above-mentioned first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship.
其中,第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。The second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
终端设备可以是基于PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,以及SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,确定PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系。The terminal device may determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state.
可以理解的是,在基于第二关系和/或第三关系确定第一关系的情况下,或者,在基于协议规范确定第一关系的情况下,网络设备无需向终端设备发送第一关系。It can be understood that, in the case where the first relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship, or in the case where the first relationship is determined based on the protocol specification, the network device does not need to send the first relationship to the terminal device.
通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues related to the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method of network access equipment.
可选的,上述第三关系和/或第二关系可以通过网络侧下发的RRC消息、和/或MAC信令、和/或DCI信息等消息或信令或信息确定,也可以通过协议规定的内容确定,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, the above third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined through RRC messages, and/or MAC signaling, and/or DCI information and other messages or signaling or information issued by the network side, or can be specified by the protocol. The content is determined, and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
通过本申请实施例,可以基于各个方式确定第三关系和/或第二关系,用于确定得到第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。Through the embodiments of the present application, the third relationship and/or the second relationship can be determined based on various methods to determine the first relationship to support PUSCH transmission for multiple access network devices based on TCI status.
方式一:method one:
网络设备向终端设备下发RRC消息、MAC信令、DCI信息中的至少一项消息或信令或 信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的RRC消息、MAC信令、DCI信息中的至少一项消息或信令或信息,并根据RRC消息和/或MAC信令和/或DCI信息,得到上述第三关系和/或第二关系。The network device delivers at least one message or signaling among RRC messages, MAC signaling, and DCI information to the terminal device, or information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least one of the RRC message, MAC signaling, and DCI information from the network device, and obtains the above-mentioned first message or signaling or information based on the RRC message and/or MAC signaling and/or DCI information. tertiary relations and/or secondary relations.
示例性的,下面以第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况为例进行说明。Illustratively, the following description takes the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling as an example.
网络设备向终端设备发送MAC信令,相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的MAC信令。此时,第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,可以由MAC信令的比特位确定。The network device sends MAC signaling to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the MAC signaling from the network device. At this time, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
例如,在基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输场景下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由MAC信令的比特位确定。For example, in a PUSCH transmission scenario based on TCI status for multiple access network devices, the correspondence between the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI status, and/or the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship The corresponding relationship with the TCI status is determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
在MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,第三关系包括的第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应;和/或,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,第三关系包括的第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state. When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state. The first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state. The state corresponds. When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state.
或者,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,第一比特相应的SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,第一比特相应的SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应;和/或,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,第二比特相应的SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,第二比特相应的SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应。可以理解的是,第一比特相应的SRS资源集可以是第一SRS资源集,也可以是第二SRS资源集。可以理解的是,第二比特相应的SRS资源集可以是第一SRS资源集,也可以是第二SRS资源集。Or, when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state, and when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state. The SRS resource set corresponding to one bit corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the second TCI state, in When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the first TCI state. It can be understood that the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set. It can be understood that the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一比特、第二比特,为MAC信令中的两个不同的比特。It should be understood that the first bit and the second bit in the embodiment of this application are two different bits in MAC signaling.
例如,第一比特,具体可以是指MAC信令中的第一个比特,也可以是指MAC信令中用于指示第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系的比特;第二比特,具体可以是指MAC信令中的第二个比特,也可以是指MAC信令中用于指示第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系的比特,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For example, the first bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling, or may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state; the second bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling. It may refer to the second bit in the MAC signaling, or it may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI status. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一TCI状态、第二TCI状态,为上述至少一个TCI状态中的两个不同的TCI状态。It should be understood that the first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
例如,第一TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较小ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态;第二TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较大ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For example, the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state; the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state. The TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
可以理解的是,第一TCI状态,也可以是属于第一TCI状态集合;第二TCI状态,也可以是属于第二TCI状态集合。第一TCI状态集合、第二TCI状态集合可分别相应于不同的TRP。It can be understood that the first TCI state may also belong to the first TCI state set; the second TCI state may also belong to the second TCI state set. The first TCI status set and the second TCI status set may respectively correspond to different TRPs.
需要说明的是,本申请中的TRP可以与空域信息或空位方向(例如一个或一组波束)关联;或者,TRP可以通过空域信息或空位方向(例如一个或一组波束)表征;或者,TRP可以通过功控参数表征。此外,本申请中的TRP可以是一个功能模块(例如:采用软件功能实现),也可以通过硬件实现,本申请并不对TRP的实现方式进行限制。It should be noted that the TRP in this application can be associated with airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP can be characterized by airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP It can be characterized by power control parameters. In addition, the TRP in this application can be a functional module (for example, implemented using software functions), or it can be implemented through hardware. This application does not limit the implementation method of the TRP.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一SRS资源集,具体可以是较小ID的SRS资源集,也可 以是第一个SRS资源集;第二SRS资源集,具体可以是较大ID的SRS资源集,也可以是第二个SRS资源集,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It should be understood that the first SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID, or may be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID. Therefore, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set may specifically be an SRS resource set with a larger ID, or may be a second SRS resource set, and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
可选的,本申请实施例中的每个SRS资源集都可以包括一个或多个SRS资源,其中,SRS资源的用途(usage)可以被配置或者指示为码本(codebook)或者非码本(noncodebook)。Optionally, each SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include one or more SRS resources, wherein the usage of the SRS resources may be configured or indicated as codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (usage). noncodebook).
通过本申请实施例,可以基于MAC信令的比特位确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the bits of MAC signaling, and then used to determine the first relationship to support multiple interfaces based on the TCI state. PUSCH transmission of network access equipment.
具体可以参阅图3a,图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种MAC信令的示意图。For details, reference may be made to FIG. 3a, which is a schematic diagram of MAC signaling provided by an embodiment of the present application.
由图3a可以得到,利用MAC信令的比特位,如用于更新SRS路损参考信号的MAC信令的比特位,来确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。It can be seen from Figure 3a that the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state is determined using MAC signaling bits, such as the MAC signaling bits used to update the SRS path loss reference signal.
具体的,可以是利用MAC信令的R比特位确定上述对应关系。例如,若第一个字节中的R比特位取值为0,表示该SRS资源集关联第一个TCI状态,若第一个字节中的R比特位取值为1,表示该SRS资源集关联第二个TCI状态。可以理解的是,同一个路损参考信号的标识可以对应于不同的SRS资源集的标识,但是,每一个SRS资源集的标识只会有一个路损参考信号的标识与之关联。Specifically, the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the R bit in the first byte has a value of 0, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. If the R bit in the first byte has a value of 1, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. Set associated with the second TCI state. It can be understood that the identifier of the same path loss reference signal can correspond to the identifiers of different SRS resource sets, but each identifier of the SRS resource set will only have one identifier of the path loss reference signal associated with it.
具体也可以参阅图3b,由图3b可以得到,利用MAC信令的比特位,来确定各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。For details, please refer to Figure 3b. From Figure 3b, it can be obtained that the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by using the MAC signaling bits.
具体的,可以是利用MAC信令的R比特位确定上述对应关系。例如,若第二个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为0,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第二个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第一个TCI状态,若第二个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为1,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第二个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第二个TCI状态。若第三个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为0,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第三个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第一个TCI状态,若第三个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为1,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第三个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第二个TCI状态。Specifically, the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 1, it indicates that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated Second TCI status. If the value of the first R bit in the third byte is 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the third byte has a value of 1, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the second TCI status.
方式二:Method two:
终端设备通过协议规定的内容确定上述第三关系和/或第二关系。The terminal device determines the above third relationship and/or the second relationship through the content specified in the protocol.
示例性的,下面以第三关系由协议规定的内容确定的情况为例进行说明。For example, the following description takes the case where the third relationship is determined by the content stipulated in the agreement as an example.
第三关系中包括的第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,第三关系中包括的第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,和/或,第三关系中包括的第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,第三关系中包括的第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应。The first SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state, the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the second TCI state, and/or the first SRS resource included in the third relationship The set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set included in the third relationship corresponds to the first TCI state.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一TCI状态、第二TCI状态,为上述至少一个TCI状态中的两个不同的TCI状态。It should be understood that the first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
例如,第一TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较小ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态;第二TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较大ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For example, the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state; the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state. The TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一SRS资源集,具体可以是较小ID的SRS资源集,也可以是第一个SRS资源集;第二SRS资源集,具体可以是较大ID的SRS资源集,也可以是第二个SRS资源集,本申请实施例对此不做限制。 It should be understood that the first SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may specifically be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID, or may be the first SRS resource set; the second SRS resource set may specifically be an SRS with a larger ID. The resource set may also be a second SRS resource set, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
可选的,本申请实施例中的每个SRS资源集都可以包括一个或多个SRS资源,其中,SRS资源的用途(usage)可以被配置或者指示为码本(codebook)或者非码本(noncodebook)。Optionally, each SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include one or more SRS resources, wherein the usage of the SRS resources may be configured or indicated as codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (usage). noncodebook).
通过本申请实施例,可以基于协议内容确定第三关系中包括的各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定第一关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set included in the third relationship and the TCI state can be determined based on the protocol content, and then used to determine the first relationship to support TCI state-based access network devices for multiple access network devices. PUSCH transmission.
在另一种可能的实施例中,终端设备可以直接基于PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。In another possible embodiment, the terminal device can directly obtain the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state based on the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state.
可以理解的是,在本实施例中,第一关系是TCI状态和PUSCH传输信息的对应关系。在该情况下,上述步骤S202可以作为一个可选的步骤,即无论是否执行步骤S202,终端设备都可以直接基于第一关系,获得各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the first relationship is the corresponding relationship between TCI status and PUSCH transmission information. In this case, the above step S202 can be used as an optional step, that is, regardless of whether step S202 is executed, the terminal device can directly obtain the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state based on the first relationship.
在本申请实施例中,PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系无需基于上述第二关系和/或第三关系来确定,也可以无需通过网络侧下发消息或信令或信息等确定,而是可以通过预先配置的方式确定,比如可以通过协议规定的内容确定,具体的协议内容可以分为以下几种情况:In the embodiment of the present application, the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status does not need to be determined based on the above-mentioned second relationship and/or the third relationship, and it does not need to be determined by the network side issuing messages or signaling or information, but It can be determined through pre-configuration, for example, it can be determined through the content specified in the agreement. The specific agreement content can be divided into the following situations:
情况一:Situation one:
在PUSCH的时隙数量等于2的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙,第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。In the case where the number of PUSCH slots is equal to 2, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first time slot, and the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information. The TCI state corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second time slot, and the second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship Corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues related to the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method of network access equipment.
情况二:Situation two:
在PUSCH的时隙数量大于2且PUSCH配置为循环映射的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙,第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。When the number of PUSCH slots is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the i-th time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first The first TCI state included in the relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the i+1th time slot, and the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information, that is, The second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
其中,上述i满足:i mod 2=1;i+1小于或等于PUSCH中的时隙数量,mod为取模运算。Among them, the above i satisfies: i mod 2=1; i+1 is less than or equal to the number of time slots in PUSCH, and mod is a modulo operation.
换言之,PUSCH的连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙之后的其他时隙继续分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。In other words, the first time slot and the second time slot of K consecutive time slots of PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively, and the first time slot and the second time slot of K consecutive time slots correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively. Other time slots after the slot continue to correspond to the first TCI state and the second TCI state respectively.
通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues related to the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method of network access equipment.
情况三:Situation three:
在PUSCH的时隙数量大于2且PUSCH配置为连续映射的情况下,第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,第j时隙和第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,即第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息;第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙,第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传 输信息,即第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。In the case where the number of slots of PUSCH is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured for continuous mapping, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j-th slot and the j+1-th slot, and the j-th slot and the j+ Time slot 1 corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, that is, the first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information; the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the j+2th time slot and the j+2th time slot. The j+3 time slot, the j+2-th time slot and the j+3-th time slot correspond to the second PUSCH transmission. The transmission information, that is, the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information.
其中,上述j满足:j mod 4=1;j+3小于或等于PUSCH中的时隙数量,mod为取模运算。Among them, the above j satisfies: j mod 4=1; j+3 is less than or equal to the number of time slots in PUSCH, and mod is a modulo operation.
换言之,PUSCH的连续K个时隙的第一个时隙和第二个时隙对应于第一TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第三个时隙和第四个时隙对应于第二TCI状态,连续K个时隙的第一个时隙、第二个时隙、第三个时隙和第四个时隙之后的其他时隙继续每两个时隙分别对应于第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。In other words, the first and second time slots of K consecutive time slots of PUSCH correspond to the first TCI state, and the third and fourth time slots of K consecutive time slots correspond to the second TCI state, the first time slot, the second time slot, the third time slot, and the other time slots after the fourth time slot continue for K consecutive time slots. Each two time slots respectively correspond to the first TCI state and Second TCI status.
通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI state is not applicable. technical problem.
情况四:Situation four:
第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。其中,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是频域较低的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是频域较高的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息;或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是频域较高的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是频域较低的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息。The first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. Wherein, the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a lower frequency domain, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a higher frequency domain; or, the first The PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a higher frequency domain, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a frequency domain resource with a lower frequency domain.
应理解,第一PUSCH传输信息和第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是不同频域的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息,本申请实施例对此不做具体限制。It should be understood that the first PUSCH transmission information and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to frequency domain resources in different frequency domains, and this embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues related to the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method of network access equipment.
情况五:Situation five:
第一关系中包括的第一TCI状态对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,第一关系中包括的第二TCI状态对应于第二PUSCH传输信息。其中,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)端口对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个DMRS端口不对应的PUSCH传输信息;或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个DMRS端口不对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个DMRS端口对应的PUSCH传输信息,本申请实施例对此不做具体限制。The first TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the second TCI state included in the first relationship corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information. Among them, the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) port, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information not corresponding to the first DMRS port. ; Alternatively, the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information that does not correspond to the first DMRS port, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first DMRS port. This is not done in the embodiment of this application. Specific restrictions.
通过本申请实施例确定得到的第一关系,可以用于确定各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,以进行数据传输,解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。The first relationship determined through the embodiments of the present application can be used to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state for data transmission, solving the current problem of multiple interfaces based on TCI state and/or unified TCI state. Technical issues related to the inapplicability of the PUSCH transmission method of network access equipment.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一TCI状态、第二TCI状态,为上述至少一个TCI状态中的两个不同的TCI状态。It should be understood that the first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
例如,第一TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较小ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态;第二TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较大ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For example, the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state; the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state. The TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
应理解,对应于上述情况一至情况三,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是如上述K个时隙中第一个时隙对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是如上述K个时隙中第二个时隙对应的PUSCH传输信息;或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是如上述K个时隙中第二个时隙对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是如上述K个时隙中第一个时隙对应的PUSCH传输信息,本申请对此不做具体限制。 It should be understood that corresponding to the above situations one to three, the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first time slot among the above K time slots, and the second PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the above K time slots. The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the second time slot among the K time slots; or the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the second time slot among the K time slots mentioned above, and the second PUSCH transmission information, It can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first time slot among the above K time slots, and this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
应理解,对应于上述情况四,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是频域较低的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是频域较高的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息;或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是频域较高的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是频域较低的频域资源对应的PUSCH传输信息,本申请对此不做具体限制。It should be understood that, corresponding to the above situation 4, the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as PUSCH transmission information corresponding to lower frequency domain resources, and the second PUSCH transmission information can be considered as corresponding to higher frequency domain resources. PUSCH transmission information; alternatively, the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a higher frequency domain resource, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to a lower frequency domain resource. , this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
应理解,对应于上述情况五,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是第一个DMRS端口对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以认为是第一个DMRS端口不对应的PUSCH传输信息;或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个DMRS端口不对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个DMRS端口对应的PUSCH传输信息,或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是下行控制信息指示的冗余版本(RV)对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以不是下行控制信息指示的冗余版本(RV)对应的PUSCH传输信息,或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,可以是第一个冗余版本(RV)对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,可以不是第一个冗余版本(RV)对应的PUSCH传输信息,本申请实施例对此不做具体限制。其中,DMRS端口为PUSCH关联的DMRS端口;RV为PUSCH所关联的RV。It should be understood that corresponding to the above situation 5, the first PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first DMRS port, and the second PUSCH transmission information can be considered as the PUSCH transmission information not corresponding to the first DMRS port; Alternatively, the first PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information not corresponding to the first DMRS port, and the second PUSCH transmission information may be PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first DMRS port, or the first PUSCH transmission information may be It is the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the redundancy version (RV) indicated by the downlink control information. The second PUSCH transmission information may not be the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the redundancy version (RV) indicated by the downlink control information, or the first PUSCH transmission information. , may be the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first redundancy version (RV), and the second PUSCH transmission information may not be the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first redundancy version (RV). This is not specified in the embodiment of this application. limit. Among them, DMRS port is the DMRS port associated with PUSCH; RV is the RV associated with PUSCH.
应理解,对应于上述情况一至情况五,第一PUSCH传输信息,还可以认为是第一SRS资源指示字段所对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,还可以认为是第二SRS资源指示字段所对应的PUSCH传输信息;或者,第一PUSCH传输信息,还可以认为是第二SRS资源指示字段所对应的PUSCH传输信息,第二PUSCH传输信息,还可以认为是第一SRS资源指示字段所对应的PUSCH传输信息,本申请对此不做具体限制。It should be understood that corresponding to the above situations one to five, the first PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first SRS resource indication field, and the second PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the second SRS resource indication field. The corresponding PUSCH transmission information; alternatively, the first PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the second SRS resource indication field, and the second PUSCH transmission information can also be considered as the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the first SRS resource indication field. PUSCH transmission information, this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
S203:终端设备基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,与网络设备进行数据传输。具体为,终端设备基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,向网络设备发送上行数据,相应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备的上行数据。S203: The terminal device performs data transmission with the network device based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state. Specifically, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, and accordingly, the network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device.
终端设备在确定至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息后,基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,向网络设备发送上行数据。相应的,网络设备接收来自终端设备发送的上行数据。After determining the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state. Correspondingly, the network device receives the uplink data sent from the terminal device.
具体的,当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,PUSCH的传输时机的信息可用于时分传输;当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,PUSCH的频域资源的信息可用于频分传输;当至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,PUSCH层的信息可用于空分传输。Specifically, when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes information about PUSCH transmission timing, the information about PUSCH transmission timing can be used for time division transmission; when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes information about PUSCH frequency domain resources. , the PUSCH frequency domain resource information can be used for frequency division transmission; when the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, the PUSCH layer information can be used for space division transmission.
通过本申请实施例,可以基于至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行时分传输、频分传输、空分传输等各种传输场景下的数据传输,解决了目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。Through the embodiments of the present application, data transmission in various transmission scenarios such as time division transmission, frequency division transmission, and space division transmission can be performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to at least one TCI status, solving the current problem based on TCI status and/or unified ( The technical problem is that the PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices in the TCI state of unified) is not applicable.
此外,本申请还提供了一种确定SRS资源集和TCI状态的对应关系的方法。In addition, this application also provides a method for determining the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
具体为,协议规范的方式,确定SRS资源集和TCI状态的对应关系,如,第一SRS资源集对应于第一TCI状态,第二SRS资源集对应第二TCI状态;或者,网络设备向终端设备下发RRC消息、MAC信令、DCI信息中的至少一项消息或信令或信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的RRC消息、MAC信令、DCI信息中的至少一项消息或信令或信息,并根据RRC消息和/或MAC信令和/或DCI信息,得到上述SRS资源集和TCI状态的对应关系。Specifically, the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined in a protocol specification manner. For example, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; or, the network device reports to the terminal The device delivers at least one message or signaling or information among RRC messages, MAC signaling, and DCI information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least one of the RRC message, MAC signaling, and DCI information from the network device, and obtains the above-mentioned SRS based on the RRC message and/or MAC signaling and/or DCI information. Correspondence between resource sets and TCI status.
示例性的,下面以SRS资源集和TCI状态的对应关系由MAC信令确定的情况为例进行 说明。For example, the following takes the case where the correspondence between the SRS resource set and the TCI status is determined by MAC signaling as an example. illustrate.
网络设备向终端设备发送MAC信令,相应的,终端设备接收来自网络设备的MAC信令。此时,各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,可以由MAC信令的比特位确定。The network device sends MAC signaling to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the MAC signaling from the network device. At this time, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status can be determined by the bits of MAC signaling.
例如,在基于TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输场景下,第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由MAC信令的比特位确定。For example, in a TCI state-based PUSCH transmission scenario for multiple access network devices, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC signal. The bits of the command are determined.
在MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,第一SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,第一SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应;和/或,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,第二SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,第二SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the first bit of MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state. When the value of the first bit of MAC signaling is 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to Corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 1 In the case of , the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
或者,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,第一比特相应的SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,第一比特相应的SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应;和/或,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,第二比特相应的SRS资源集与第二TCI状态对应,在MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,第二比特相应的SRS资源集与第一TCI状态对应。可以理解的是,第一比特相应的SRS资源集可以是第一SRS资源集,也可以是第二SRS资源集。可以理解的是,第二比特相应的SRS资源集可以是第一SRS资源集,也可以是第二SRS资源集。Or, when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state, and when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit corresponds to the first TCI state. The SRS resource set corresponding to one bit corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the second TCI state, in When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 1, the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit corresponds to the first TCI state. It can be understood that the SRS resource set corresponding to the first bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set. It can be understood that the SRS resource set corresponding to the second bit may be the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一比特、第二比特,为MAC信令中的两个不同的比特。It should be understood that the first bit and the second bit in the embodiment of this application are two different bits in MAC signaling.
例如,第一比特,具体可以是指MAC信令中的第一个比特,也可以是指MAC信令中用于指示第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系的比特;第二比特,具体可以是指MAC信令中的第二个比特,也可以是指MAC信令中用于指示第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系的比特,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For example, the first bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling, or may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state; the second bit may specifically refer to the first bit in the MAC signaling. It may refer to the second bit in the MAC signaling, or it may refer to the bit in the MAC signaling used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI status. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一TCI状态、第二TCI状态,为上述至少一个TCI状态中的两个不同的TCI状态。It should be understood that the first TCI state and the second TCI state in the embodiment of the present application are two different TCI states among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state.
例如,第一TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较小ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态;第二TCI状态,具体可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的较大ID的TCI状态,也可以是上述至少一个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For example, the first TCI state may specifically be a TCI state with a smaller ID among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, or may be the first TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state; the second TCI state may specifically be the above-mentioned at least one TCI state. The TCI state with a larger ID in one TCI state may also be the second TCI state among the above-mentioned at least one TCI state, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
可以理解的是,第一TCI状态,也可以是属于第一TCI状态集合;第二TCI状态,也可以是属于第二TCI状态集合。第一TCI状态集合、第二TCI状态集合可分别相应于不同的TRP。It can be understood that the first TCI state may also belong to the first TCI state set; the second TCI state may also belong to the second TCI state set. The first TCI status set and the second TCI status set may respectively correspond to different TRPs.
需要说明的是,本申请中的TRP可以与空域信息或空位方向(例如一个或一组波束)关联;或者,TRP可以通过空域信息或空位方向(例如一个或一组波束)表征;或者,TRP可以通过功控参数表征。此外,本申请中的TRP可以是一个功能模块(例如:采用软件功能实现),也可以通过硬件实现,本申请并不对TRP的实现方式进行限制。It should be noted that the TRP in this application can be associated with airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP can be characterized by airspace information or slot directions (such as one or a group of beams); or, TRP It can be characterized by power control parameters. In addition, the TRP in this application can be a functional module (for example, implemented using software functions), or it can be implemented through hardware. This application does not limit the implementation method of the TRP.
应理解,本申请实施例中的第一SRS资源集,具体可以是较小ID的SRS资源集,也可以是第一个SRS资源集;第二SRS资源集,具体可以是较大ID的SRS资源集,也可以是第二个SRS资源集,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It should be understood that the first SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may specifically be an SRS resource set with a smaller ID, or may be the first SRS resource set; the second SRS resource set may specifically be an SRS with a larger ID. The resource set may also be a second SRS resource set, and this embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
可选的,本申请实施例中的每个SRS资源集都可以包括一个或多个SRS资源,其中,SRS资源的用途(usage)可以被配置或者指示为码本(codebook)或者非码本(noncodebook)。Optionally, each SRS resource set in the embodiment of the present application may include one or more SRS resources, wherein the usage of the SRS resources may be configured or indicated as codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (usage). noncodebook).
通过本申请实施例,可以基于MAC信令的比特位确定各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,进而用于确定PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系,以支持基于TCI状态的面 向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输。Through the embodiments of the present application, the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI state can be determined based on the MAC signaling bits, and then used to determine the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the TCI state to support the TCI state-based plane. PUSCH transmission to multiple access network devices.
具体可以参阅上述图3a,由图3a可以得到,利用MAC信令的比特位,如用于更新SRS路损参考信号的MAC信令的比特位,来确定各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。For details, please refer to the above-mentioned Figure 3a. From Figure 3a, it can be seen that the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI status is determined by using the MAC signaling bits, such as the MAC signaling bits used to update the SRS path loss reference signal. .
具体的,可以是利用MAC信令的R比特位确定上述对应关系。例如,若第一个字节中的R比特位取值为0,表示该SRS资源集关联第一个TCI状态,若第一个字节中的R比特位取值为1,表示该SRS资源集关联第二个TCI状态。可以理解的是,同一个路损参考信号的标识可以对应于不同的SRS资源集的标识,但是,每一个SRS资源集的标识只会有一个路损参考信号的标识与之关联。Specifically, the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the R bit in the first byte has a value of 0, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. If the R bit in the first byte has a value of 1, it means that the SRS resource set is associated with the first TCI state. Set associated with the second TCI state. It can be understood that the identifier of the same path loss reference signal can correspond to the identifiers of different SRS resource sets, but each identifier of the SRS resource set will only have one identifier of the path loss reference signal associated with it.
具体也可以参阅上述图3b,由图3b可以得到,利用MAC信令的比特位,来确定各个SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。For details, please refer to the above-mentioned Figure 3b. From Figure 3b, it can be obtained that the corresponding relationship between each SRS resource set and the TCI state is determined by using the MAC signaling bits.
具体的,可以是利用MAC信令的R比特位确定上述对应关系。例如,若第二个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为0,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第二个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第一个TCI状态,若第二个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为1,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第二个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第二个TCI状态。若第三个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为0,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第三个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第一个TCI状态,若第三个字节中的第一个R比特位取值为1,表示其相应的SRS资源集(也即第三个字节SRS Resource Set ID所指示的SRS资源集)关联第二个TCI状态。Specifically, the above corresponding relationship may be determined by using the R bits of MAC signaling. For example, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the second byte has a value of 1, it indicates that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the second byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated Second TCI status. If the value of the first R bit in the third byte is 0, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the first TCI status, if the first R bit in the third byte has a value of 1, it means that its corresponding SRS resource set (that is, the SRS resource set indicated by the third byte SRS Resource Set ID) is associated with the second TCI status.
上述详细阐述了本申请实施例的方法,下面提供用于实现本申请实施例中任一种方法的装置,例如,提供一种装置包括用以实现以上任一种方法中设备所执行的各步骤的单元(或手段)。The methods of the embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above. The following provides a device for implementing any method in the embodiment of the present application. For example, a device is provided that includes the steps performed by the equipment for implementing any of the above methods. unit (or means).
请参阅图4,图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图4所示,该通信装置40可以包括收发单元401以及处理单元402。收发单元401以及处理单元402可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。As shown in FIG. 4 , the communication device 40 may include a transceiver unit 401 and a processing unit 402 . The transceiver unit 401 and the processing unit 402 may be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
其中,收发单元401可以实现发送功能和/或接收功能,收发单元401也可以描述为通信单元。收发单元401还可以是集成了获取单元和发送单元的单元,其中,获取单元用于实现接收功能,发送单元用于实现发送功能。可选的,收发单元401可以用于接收其他装置发送的信息,还可以用于向其他装置发送信息。Among them, the transceiver unit 401 can implement a sending function and/or a receiving function, and the transceiver unit 401 can also be described as a communication unit. The transceiver unit 401 may also be a unit that integrates an acquisition unit and a sending unit, where the acquisition unit is used to implement the receiving function and the sending unit is used to implement the sending function. Optionally, the transceiver unit 401 can be used to receive information sent by other devices, and can also be used to send information to other devices.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置40可对应于上述图2所示的方法实施例中的终端设备,如该通信装置40可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置40可以包括用于执行上述图2所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置40中的各单元分别为了实现上述图2所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In one possible design, the communication device 40 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . For example, the communication device 40 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. The communication device 40 may include units for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and each unit in the communication device 40 is respectively intended to implement the above-mentioned method shown in FIG. 2. The operation performed by the terminal device in the example. Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
处理单元402,用于获取至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;The processing unit 402 is configured to obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status;
所述处理单元402,还用于基于所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系,确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;The processing unit 402 is further configured to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship;
收发单元401,用于基于所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输。The transceiver unit 401 is configured to perform data transmission based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理单元402,还用于获取第二关系和/或第三关系; In a possible implementation, the processing unit 402 is also used to obtain the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
所述处理单元402,还用于基于所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系,确定所述第一关系;其中,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。The processing unit 402 is further configured to determine the first relationship based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set. The third relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the SRS resource set and the TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项确定:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI,协议规定。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod2=1, and the i +1 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态; 所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; The method also includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置40可对应于上述图2所示的方法实施例中的网络设备,如该通信装置40可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置40可以包括用于执行上述图2所示的方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置40中的各单元分别为了实现上述图2所示的方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In another possible design, the communication device 40 may correspond to the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . For example, the communication device 40 may be a network device or a chip in the network device. The communication device 40 may include units for performing the operations performed by the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and each unit in the communication device 40 is respectively intended to implement the method shown in FIG. 2. The operations performed by the network device in the example. Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
收发单元401,用于发送至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系用于终端设备确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Transceiver unit 401, configured to send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status And/or the first relationship is used by the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
所述收发单元401,还用于与所述终端设备进行数据传输。The transceiver unit 401 is also used for data transmission with the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元401,还用于发送第二关系和/或第三关系;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 401 is also used to send the second relationship and/or the third relationship;
其中,所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系用于确定所述第一关系,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。Wherein, the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项发送:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系通过MAC信令发送的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is sent through MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述 PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on PUSCH frequency domain resources, and the PUSCH frequency domain resource information is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod2=1, and the i +1 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
根据本申请实施例,图4所示的装置中的各个单元可以分别或全部合并为一个或若干个另外的单元来构成,或者其中的某个(些)单元还可以再拆分为功能上更小的多个单元来构成,这可以实现同样的操作,而不影响本申请的实施例的技术效果的实现。上述单元是基于逻辑功能划分的,在实际应用中,一个单元的功能也可以由多个单元来实现,或者多个单元的功能由一个单元实现。在本申请的其它实施例中,基于电子设备也可以包括其它单元,在实际应用中,这些功能也可以由其它单元协助实现,并且可以由多个单元协作实现。According to the embodiment of the present application, each unit in the device shown in Figure 4 can be separately or entirely combined into one or several additional units, or one (some) of the units can be further split into more functional units. It is composed of multiple small units, which can achieve the same operation without affecting the realization of the technical effects of the embodiments of the present application. The above units are divided based on logical functions. In practical applications, the function of one unit can also be realized by multiple units, or the functions of multiple units can be realized by one unit. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also include other units. In practical applications, these functions may also be implemented with the assistance of other units, and may be implemented by multiple units in cooperation.
需要说明的是,各个单元的实现还可以对应参照上述图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述。It should be noted that the implementation of each unit may also refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 above.
在图4所描述的通信装置40中,可以在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,基于各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,通过本申请实施例中的数据传输方法,可以解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the communication device 40 described in Figure 4, in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, data transmission can be performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state. Through the data transmission in the embodiment of the present application The method can solve the technical problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI status and/or unified (unified) TCI status is not applicable.
请参阅图5,图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
应理解,图5示出的通信装置50仅是示例,本申请实施例的通信装置还可包括其他部件,或者包括与图5中的各个部件的功能相似的部件,或者并非要包括图5中所有部件。It should be understood that the communication device 50 shown in FIG. 5 is only an example. The communication device in the embodiment of the present application may also include other components, or components with similar functions to the components in FIG. 5 , or may not include the components in FIG. 5 All parts.
通信装置50包括通信接口501和至少一个处理器502。The communication device 50 includes a communication interface 501 and at least one processor 502 .
该通信装置50可以对应终端设备、网络设备中的任一网元或设备。通信接口501用于收发信号,至少一个处理器502执行程序指令,使得通信装置50实现上述方法实施例中由对应设备所执行的方法的相应流程。 The communication device 50 may correspond to any network element or device among terminal equipment and network equipment. The communication interface 501 is used to send and receive signals, and at least one processor 502 executes program instructions, so that the communication device 50 implements the corresponding process of the method executed by the corresponding device in the above method embodiment.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置50可对应于上述图2所示的方法实施例中的终端设备,如该通信装置50可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置50可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置50中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In one possible design, the communication device 50 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , for example, the communication device 50 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. The communication device 50 may include components for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 50 is respectively intended to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The details can be as follows:
获取至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;Obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status;
基于所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系,确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship, determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
基于所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输。Data transmission is performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
获取第二关系和/或第三关系;Obtain second relations and/or third relations;
基于所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系,确定所述第一关系;其中,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。The first relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项确定:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI,协议规定。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括: In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod 2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod 2=1, the i+1 is less than or equal to K, and mod is a modulo operation.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置50可对应于上述图2所示的方法实施例中的网络设备,如该通信装置50可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置50可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置50中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In another possible design, the communication device 50 may correspond to the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 . For example, the communication device 50 may be a network device or a chip in the network device. The communication device 50 may include components for performing operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 50 is respectively intended to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. The details can be as follows:
发送至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系用于终端设备确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or the first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and the TCI status; the at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship A relationship is used for the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
与所述终端设备进行数据传输。Perform data transmission with the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:
发送第二关系和/或第三关系;Send secondary relationships and/or tertiary relationships;
其中,所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系用于确定所述第一关系,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。Wherein, the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项发送:In a possible implementation, the third relationship and/or the second relationship is sent through at least one of the following:
无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the third relationship includes information about the first SRS resource set and/or information about the second SRS resource set, where:
在所述第三关系通过MAC信令发送的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is sent through MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或, When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set. information, including:
在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,In a possible implementation, the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod 2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod 2=1, the i+1 is less than or equal to K, and mod is a modulo operation.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
在图5所描述的通信装置50中,可以在面向多个接入网设备进行数据传输的场景下,基于各个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输,通过本申请实施例中的数据传输方法,可以解决目前基于TCI状态和/或统一(unified)的TCI状态的面向多个接入网设备的PUSCH传输方法不适用的技术问题。In the communication device 50 described in Figure 5, in the scenario of data transmission for multiple access network devices, data transmission can be performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to each TCI state. Through the data transmission in the embodiment of the present application The method can solve the technical problem that the current PUSCH transmission method for multiple access network devices based on TCI status and/or unified (unified) TCI status is not applicable.
对于通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可参阅图6所示的芯片的结构示意图。For the case where the communication device may be a chip or a chip system, refer to the schematic structural diagram of the chip shown in FIG. 6 .
如图6所示,芯片60包括处理器601和接口602。其中,处理器601的数量可以是一个或多个,接口602的数量可以是多个。需要说明的是,处理器601、接口602各自对应的功 能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。As shown in FIG. 6 , the chip 60 includes a processor 601 and an interface 602 . The number of processors 601 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 602 may be multiple. It should be noted that the corresponding functions of the processor 601 and the interface 602 are It can be realized through hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware. There are no restrictions here.
可选的,芯片60还可以包括存储器603,存储器603用于存储必要的程序指令和数据。Optionally, the chip 60 may also include a memory 603, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
本申请中,处理器601可用于从存储器603中调用本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的通信方法在终端设备、网络设备中一个或多个设备或网元的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。接口602可用于输出处理器601的执行结果。本申请中,接口602可具体用于输出处理器601的各个消息或信息。In this application, the processor 601 can be used to call from the memory 603 the implementation program of the communication method provided by one or more embodiments of the application in one or more devices or network elements in the terminal device, network device, and execute the program. Contains instructions. The interface 602 can be used to output execution results of the processor 601. In this application, the interface 602 may be specifically used to output various messages or information from the processor 601.
关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的数据传输方法可参考前述图2所示各个实施例,这里不再赘述。Regarding the data transmission method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the aforementioned embodiments shown in Figure 2, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU). The processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
本申请实施例中的存储器用于提供存储空间,存储空间中可以存储操作系统和计算机程序等数据。存储器包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)。The memory in the embodiment of the present application is used to provide storage space, and data such as operating systems and computer programs can be stored in the storage space. Memory includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable Read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM).
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,上述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当上述计算机程序在一个或多个处理器上运行时,可以实现上述图2所示的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the above-mentioned computer program is run on one or more processors, The method shown in Figure 2 above can be implemented.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,上述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当上述计算机程序在处理器上运行时,可以实现上述图2所示的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program. When the computer program is run on a processor, the method shown in Figure 2 can be implemented.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统,该系统包括至少一个如上述通信装置40或通信装置50或芯片60,用于执行上述图2任一实施例中相应设备执行的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a system that includes at least one communication device 40, communication device 50, or chip 60, as described above, for performing the steps performed by the corresponding device in any embodiment of FIG. 2 above.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完 成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the above processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a general processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC). , off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, system on chip (SoC), or central processing unit It can be a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microcontroller unit (MCU). , it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chip. Each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory. The processor reads the information in the memory and combines it with its hardware complete into the steps of the above method.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, without limitation, these and any other suitable types of memory.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated. The usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks, SSD)) etc.
上述各个装置实施例中的单元和方法实施例中的电子设备完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The units in each of the above device embodiments correspond completely to the electronic equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units perform corresponding steps. For example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiments, except for sending. , other steps besides receiving may be performed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, please refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There can be one or more processors.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,电子设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。It can be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps or operations are only examples. The embodiments of the present application can also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiments of the present application.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过 其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be Implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application.

Claims (26)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, characterized by including:
    获取至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;Obtain at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status;
    基于所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系,确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Based on the at least one TCI state and/or the first relationship, determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
    基于所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息,进行数据传输。Data transmission is performed based on the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    获取第二关系和/或第三关系;Obtain second relations and/or third relations;
    基于所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系,确定所述第一关系;其中,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。The first relationship is determined based on the second relationship and/or the third relationship; wherein the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过以下至少一项确定:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the third relationship and/or the second relationship are determined by at least one of the following:
    无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI,协议规定。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, downlink control information DCI, protocol regulations.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set, wherein:
    在所述第三关系由MAC信令确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is determined by MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
    在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
    在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  6. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of a first SRS resource set and/or Information about the second SRS resource set, where:
    在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时 分传输;或者,The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, characterized in that the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for timing transfer; or,
    所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
    所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
    在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  9. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
    在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod 2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod 2=1, the i+1 is less than or equal to K, and mod is a modulo operation.
  10. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
    在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
  11. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, characterized by including:
    发送至少一个传输配置指示TCI状态,和/或第一关系;其中,所述第一关系包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输信息与TCI状态的对应关系;所述至少一个TCI状态和/或所述第一关系用于终端设备确定所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息;Send at least one transmission configuration indication TCI status, and/or a first relationship; wherein the first relationship includes a corresponding relationship between physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission information and TCI status; the at least one TCI status and/or the first relationship A relationship is used for the terminal equipment to determine the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state;
    与所述终端设备进行数据传输。Perform data transmission with the terminal device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    发送第二关系和/或第三关系;Send secondary relationships and/or tertiary relationships;
    其中,所述第二关系和/或所述第三关系用于确定所述第一关系,所述第二关系包括PUSCH传输信息与探测参考信号SRS资源集的对应关系,所述第三关系包括SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系。Wherein, the second relationship and/or the third relationship are used to determine the first relationship, the second relationship includes the corresponding relationship between the PUSCH transmission information and the sounding reference signal SRS resource set, and the third relationship includes Correspondence between SRS resource set and TCI status.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三关系和/或所述第二关系通过 以下至少一项发送:The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the third relationship and/or the second relationship is determined by Send at least one of the following:
    无线资源控制RRC消息,媒体接入控制MAC信令,下行控制信息DCI。Radio resource control RRC messages, media access control MAC signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that the third relationship includes information of the first SRS resource set and/or information of the second SRS resource set, wherein:
    在所述第三关系通过MAC信令发送的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,和/或所述第二SRS资源集与TCI状态的对应关系,由所述MAC信令的比特位确定。In the case where the third relationship is sent through MAC signaling, the corresponding relationship between the first SRS resource set and the TCI state, and/or the corresponding relationship between the second SRS resource set and the TCI state, is determined by the MAC The signaling bits are determined.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述由所述MAC信令的比特位确定,包括:The method of claim 14, wherein the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the bits determined by the MAC signaling include:
    在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为0的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第一比特的值为1的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,When the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the first bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or,
    在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为0的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,和/或在所述MAC信令的第二比特的值为1的情况下,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应。When the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is 0, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and/or when the value of the second bit of the MAC signaling is In the case of 1, the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state.
  16. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述第三关系包括第一SRS资源集的信息和/或第二SRS资源集的信息,其中:The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the third relationship includes information of a first SRS resource set and/or Information about the second SRS resource set, where:
    在所述第三关系由协议确定的情况下,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应;和/或,所述第一SRS资源集与所述第二TCI状态对应,所述第二SRS资源集与所述第一TCI状态对应。In the case where the third relationship is determined by a protocol, the first SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state; and/or, The first SRS resource set corresponds to the second TCI state, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to the first TCI state.
  17. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的传输时机的信息,所述PUSCH的传输时机的信息用于时分传输;或者,The method according to any one of claims 12 to 16, characterized in that the PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH, and the information on the transmission timing of the PUSCH is used for time division transmission. ;or,
    所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH的频域资源的信息,所述PUSCH的频域资源的信息用于频分传输;或者,The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH, and the information on frequency domain resources of PUSCH is used for frequency division transmission; or,
    所述至少一个TCI状态对应的PUSCH传输信息包括PUSCH层的信息,所述PUSCH层的信息用于空分传输。The PUSCH transmission information corresponding to the at least one TCI state includes PUSCH layer information, and the PUSCH layer information is used for space division transmission.
  18. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
    在K等于2的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第一时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第二时隙;所述第一时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第二时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述第一时隙和所述第二时隙为PUSCH中连续的两个时隙。When K is equal to 2, the first TCI state corresponds to the first time slot, the second TCI state corresponds to the second time slot; the first time slot corresponds to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the The second time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, and the first time slot and the second time slot are two consecutive time slots in the PUSCH.
  19. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
    在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为循环映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第i时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第i+1时隙;所述第i时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第i+1时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述i满足:i mod 2=1,所述i+1小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as cyclic mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the i-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the i+1-th time slot; the i-th time slot Corresponding to the first PUSCH transmission information, the i+1th time slot corresponds to the second PUSCH transmission information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in PUSCH, and the i satisfies: i mod 2=1, the i+1 is less than or equal to K, and mod is a modulo operation.
  20. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个TCI状态包括第一TCI状态和/或第二TCI状态;所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the at least one TCI state includes a first TCI state and/or a second TCI state; the method further includes:
    在K大于2,且PUSCH中配置为连续映射的情况下,所述第一TCI状态对应于第j时隙和第j+1时隙,所述第二TCI状态对应于第j+2时隙和第j+3时隙;所述第j时隙和所述第j+1时隙对应于第一PUSCH传输信息,所述第j+2时隙和所述第j+3时隙对应于第二PUSCH传输信息;其中,所述K为PUSCH中的时隙数量,所述j满足:j mod 4=1,所述j+3小于或等于所述K,所述mod为取模运算。When K is greater than 2 and PUSCH is configured as continuous mapping, the first TCI state corresponds to the j-th time slot and the j+1-th time slot, and the second TCI state corresponds to the j+2-th time slot. and the j+3th time slot; the jth time slot and the j+1th time slot correspond to the first PUSCH transmission information, and the j+2th time slot and the j+3th time slot correspond to The second PUSCH transmits information; wherein, the K is the number of time slots in the PUSCH, the j satisfies: j mod 4=1, the j+3 is less than or equal to the K, and the mod is a modulo operation.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至10,或者如权利要求11至20中任一项所述方法的模块或单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module or unit for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 20.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器;A communication device, characterized by including: a processor;
    当所述处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使如权利要求1至10或权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法被执行。When the processor calls the computer program or instructions in the memory, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 20 is caused to be executed.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括逻辑电路和接口,所述逻辑电路和所述接口耦合;A communication device, characterized in that it includes a logic circuit and an interface, and the logic circuit is coupled to the interface;
    所述接口用于输入待处理的数据,所述逻辑电路按照如权利要求1至10或权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法对所述待处理的数据进行处理,获得处理后的数据,所述接口用于输出所述处理后的数据。The interface is used to input data to be processed, and the logic circuit processes the data to be processed according to the method described in any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 20, and obtains the processed data. data, and the interface is used to output the processed data.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括:A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by including:
    所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储指令或计算机程序;当所述指令或所述计算机程序被执行时,使如权利要求1至10或权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法被实现。The computer-readable storage medium is used to store instructions or computer programs; when the instructions or the computer program are executed, the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 20 is performed. accomplish.
  25. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括:指令或计算机程序;A computer program product, characterized in that it includes: instructions or computer programs;
    所述指令或所述计算机程序被执行时,使如权利要求1至10或权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法被执行。When the instructions or the computer program are executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 20 is executed.
  26. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求21所述的通信装置,或权利要求22所述的通信装置,或权利要求23所述的通信装置。 A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 21, or the communication device according to claim 22, or the communication device according to claim 23.
PCT/CN2023/107788 2022-07-18 2023-07-17 Data transmission method and related apparatus WO2024017218A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210843494.4A CN117479320A (en) 2022-07-18 2022-07-18 Data transmission method and related device
CN202210843494.4 2022-07-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024017218A1 true WO2024017218A1 (en) 2024-01-25

Family

ID=89617090

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/107788 WO2024017218A1 (en) 2022-07-18 2023-07-17 Data transmission method and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117479320A (en)
WO (1) WO2024017218A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111431685A (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-17 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting downlink channel
CN111901021A (en) * 2020-02-18 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, apparatus and medium for determining transmission parameter, transmission power, PHR
US20210136739A1 (en) * 2018-08-30 2021-05-06 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting uplink signal
CN114175556A (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-03-11 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Spatial relationship determination method and device, user equipment and network device
CN114337953A (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining and configuring uplink channel parameters

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210136739A1 (en) * 2018-08-30 2021-05-06 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for transmitting uplink signal
CN111431685A (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-17 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting downlink channel
CN114175556A (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-03-11 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Spatial relationship determination method and device, user equipment and network device
CN111901021A (en) * 2020-02-18 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, apparatus and medium for determining transmission parameter, transmission power, PHR
CN114337953A (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining and configuring uplink channel parameters

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117479320A (en) 2024-01-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023092468A1 (en) Beam indication method for service link of smart repeater, and apparatus therefor
WO2019128873A1 (en) Beam training method and relevant device
WO2020164142A1 (en) Method and device for processing synchronization signal block information, and communication device
KR20200019042A (en) Method and apparatus for mutually exclusive access to network slices in wireless communication system
WO2021134626A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks
CN114287164B (en) Method and device for TA (timing advance) processing of terminal
WO2020073257A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2021017611A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2019192271A1 (en) Access control information transmission method, apparatus, and network side device
WO2022077479A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021114043A1 (en) Device-to-device communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021035440A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for receiving and sending control information
WO2021068259A1 (en) Joint scheduling method and apparatus
WO2021087997A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN111436129B (en) Data transmission method and communication device
WO2024017218A1 (en) Data transmission method and related apparatus
WO2022199346A1 (en) Instruction method and related product
WO2022253150A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021088471A1 (en) Connection resume method and apparatus
WO2021027904A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus and communication device
WO2022067784A1 (en) Signal transmission indication method and communication apparatus
WO2020029857A1 (en) Data scheduling and transmitting method, network device, terminal, and computer storage medium
WO2021068202A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021134367A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114830760A (en) Paging method and apparatus in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23842281

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1